UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
| x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
OR
| ¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to .
Commission file number: 000-54483
BankGuam Holding Company
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| Guam | 66-0770448 | |
|
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(IRS Employer Identification No.) |
111 W Chalan Santo Papa
Hagåtña, Guam 96910
(671) 472-5300
(Address, including Zip Code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
|
Title of Each Class |
Name of Each Exchange on which Registered |
|
| Common Stock, $0.2083 par value | None |
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registration was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
| Non-accelerated filer | ¨ | Smaller reporting company | x | |||
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $41,169,160 based on the number of shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 17, 2014, and based on the closing sale price of common stock on June 30, 2013, which is the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.
Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 17, 2014: 8,802,115.
Documents Incorporated By Reference
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement related to its 2014 annual stockholders’ meeting are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated.
BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY
FORM 10-K
2
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
For purposes of this Annual Report, the terms the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to BankGuam Holding Company and its subsidiaries. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements that are not historical in nature, are predictive in nature, or that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions or contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These include, among other things, statements regarding:
| • | Competition for loans and deposits and failure to attract or retain deposits and loans; |
| • | Local, regional, national and global economic conditions and events, and the impact they may have on us and our customers, and our assessment of that impact on our estimates, including the allowance for loan losses; |
| • | Risks associated with concentrations in real estate related loans; |
| • | Changes in the level of nonperforming assets and charge-offs and other credit quality measures, and their impact on the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and our provision for loan losses; |
| • | The effects of and changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve Board; |
| • | Stability of funding sources and continued availability of borrowings; |
| • | The effect of changes in laws and regulations with which the Company and Bank of Guam must comply, including any increase in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums; |
| • | Our ability to raise capital or incur debt on reasonable terms; |
| • | Regulatory limits on Bank of Guam’s ability to pay dividends to the Company; |
| • | The impact of the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; |
| • | The effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters; |
| • | Changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance in future quarters; |
| • | The costs and effects of legal and regulatory developments, including resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other governmental inquiries, and the results of regulatory examinations or reviews; |
| • | The ability to increase market share and control expenses; and, |
| • | Our success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing items, |
as well as other statements regarding our future operations, financial condition and prospects, and business strategies. Forward-looking statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “will,” “is designed to” and similar expressions. We claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 for all forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about our business that could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report and as may be updated in filings we make from time to time with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including our other Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q to be filed by us in our fiscal year 2014. We have no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or risks, except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements. New information, future events or risks could cause the forward-looking events we discuss in this Annual Report not to occur. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our opinions only as of the date of this Annual Report.
3
| ITEM 1. | Business |
General
BankGuam Holding Company (the “Company”), a Guam corporation organized in 2011, is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. We provide a wide range of banking services through Bank of Guam, our wholly-owned subsidiary and principal asset (the “Bank”).
The Bank is a regional community bank that was organized in Guam, a United States flag territory, in 1972. The Bank offers a full range of banking services to consumers, businesses and governments. We lend in all markets where we have a physical presence through our branch network. We attract deposits throughout our market area with a customer-oriented product mix, competitive pricing and convenient locations. We offer a wide range of financial products for commercial and retail banking and a multitude of other products and services to complement our lending and deposit services, including trade financing, trust and retail investment services. We also offer insurance through a series of agency arrangements.
Bank of Guam
The Bank is a Guam-chartered bank headquartered at 111 West Chalan Santo Papa in Hagåtña, Guam 96910. It was incorporated in March 1972 and opened for business in December of that year. After closing one branch in 2013, we operate through 23 full service branch offices, including 12 in Guam; two in Saipan and one each in Tinian and Rota, all in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands; one in the Republic of Palau; one each in the states of Yap, Chuuk, Pohnpei and Kosrae in the Federated States of Micronesia; one in the Republic of the Marshall Islands; and one in San Francisco, California.
The Bank’s business strategy has been to emphasize and support economic growth and development in and among the U.S.-affiliated islands in the western Pacific Ocean. To accomplish this goal, the Bank offers competitively-priced deposit and loan products and other financial services that are primarily tailored to the needs of consumers, small businesses and government entities. Although the needs of our customers in a small, remote island environment can be particularly challenging for a community bank, we have succeeded in providing a broad range of services, such as trade financing and corporate trust services, that are typically provided only by much larger, money center institutions.
Our lending products include commercial, real estate, construction, consumer and Small Business Administration-guaranteed loans. We also provide home mortgage and home equity loans. Commercial loans and industrial loans comprise the largest portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Residential mortgage loans comprise the second largest portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio.
We offer a wide range of deposit products for retail and business banking markets including checking accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts, time deposits and retirement accounts. Our branch network enables us to attract deposits from throughout our market area with a customer-oriented product mix, competitive pricing and convenient locations.
In addition, correspondent bank deposit accounts are maintained to enable the Bank to transact types of activity that it would otherwise be unable to perform or would not be cost effective due to the size of the Bank or the volume of activity. The Bank has utilized several correspondent banks to process a variety of transactions. The Bank also provides a multitude of other products and services to complement our lending and depository services. These include wire and Automated Clearing House transfers, cashier’s checks, traveler’s checks, corporate and consumer credit cards, bank-by-mail, ATMs, night depositories, safe deposit boxes, direct deposit, electronic funds transfers, online banking and bill payments, merchant services, check imaging, and other customary banking services. We currently operate ATMs at eighty-six locations.
The Bank has a trust department, primarily engaged in corporate trust services under indenture. In addition to the traditional financial services offered, the Bank offers credit life, health, auto and homeowners insurance through its subsidiary, BG Insurance, and wealth management services in collaboration with its affiliate, Money Concepts.
Competition
Banking and the financial services industry in Guam are highly competitive. The market is dominated by the Bank, two of Hawaii’s largest banks and a locally-organized federal credit union. Also, as a result of the U.S. military presence as a longtime employer, military credit unions have physical branches at the island’s main military facilities. The Bank’s presence in the remaining areas of the western Pacific is less competitive, and in many cases the Bank remains the dominant financial services organization in the islands. In the San Francisco Bay area, where the Bank has had a branch office since 1983, the Bank’s California division primarily focuses its lending efforts on owner-occupied commercial real estate and commercial investor properties. The division provides financing to hotels, gasoline service station, apartments, office and retail space, and residential care homes for the elderly and disabled, and also works closely with selected banks in loan participations. Framing this environment is the increasingly competitive setting as a result of regulatory, technological and product delivery systems changes.
4
Larger banks have a competitive advantage because of global marketing campaigns and U.S. name recognition. They also offer extensive international, trade finance and discount brokerage services that the Bank is not currently prepared to provide. To compensate for this, the Bank has arrangements with correspondent banks and other financial institutions to deliver such services to its customers.
To compete with other financial institutions in its service area, the Bank relies principally on local media as well as personal contact by directors, officers and employees with existing and potential customers. The Bank emphasizes to customers the advantages of dealing with a locally-owned and managed community-oriented institution. Because decisions are made locally by people who are intimately familiar with the economy, the legal structure and the developmental needs of the islands, the Bank is able to respond more quickly and effectively to customer needs than are many of its competitors. The Bank also provides local service and timely decision-making for small businesses and local governments.
The financial services industry continues to undergo rapid technological changes involving the frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services that have further increased competition. The Bank often adopts these new technologies and products ahead of its competitors, but there is no assurance that these technological improvements, if made, will increase the Company’s operational efficiency, or that the Company will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.
Employees
At December 31, 2013, the Bank had 508.5 full-time equivalent employees. The Bank’s employees are not represented by any union or collective bargaining agreement, and the Bank believes its employee relations are good.
Supervision and Regulation
Recent Developments
On July 21, 2010, the President signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). This law has significantly changed the U.S. bank regulatory structure and affected the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for several more years.
The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (“FDIC”) deposit insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks to $250,000 per account, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts had unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012, when the unlimited coverage expired. The legislation also increased the required minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits, and directs the FDIC to offset the effects of increased assessments on depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and authorizes the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. It also provides that the listing standards of the national securities exchanges must require listed companies to implement and disclose “clawback” policies mandating the recovery of incentive compensation paid to executive officers in connection with accounting restatements. The legislation also directs the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (“Federal Reserve Board”) to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded.
The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with rule-making and enforcement authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks such as Bank of Guam, with $10 billion or less in assets, will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.
The Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act places limits on the fees that banks and other financial institutions can charge for debit card transactions. After the amendment went into effect on October 1, 2011, the Bank experienced a moderate reduction in its income from this source.
5
It is difficult to predict at this time what other specific impacts the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet-to-be-written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that, at a minimum, they will increase our operating and compliance costs.
Introduction
Banking is a complex, highly regulated industry. The primary goals of the regulatory scheme are to maintain a safe and sound banking system, protect depositors and the FDIC insurance fund, and facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy. In furtherance of these goals, Congress and the states have created several largely autonomous regulatory agencies and enacted numerous laws that govern banks, bank holding companies and the financial services industry in general. Consequently, the growth and earnings performance of the Bank can be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of applicable state and federal statues, regulations and the policies of various governmental regulatory authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC, and the banking authorities of each of the jurisdictions in which the Bank operates.
The Bank’s business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC. The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating unemployment) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its reserve requirements, and by varying the target Federal Funds and discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits, and also affect interest earned on interest-earning assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on the Bank are difficult to predict.
The system of supervision and regulation applicable to financial services businesses governs most aspects of the business of the Bank, including: (i) the scope of permissible business; (ii) investments; (iii) reserves that must be maintained against deposits; (iv) capital levels that must be maintained; (v) the nature and amount of collateral that may be taken to secure loans; (vi) the establishment of new branches; (vii) mergers and consolidations with other financial institutions; and (viii) the payment of dividends.
From time to time, federal and local legislation is enacted which may have the effect of materially increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers. In addition, the various bank regulatory agencies often adopt new rules, regulations and policies to implement and enforce existing legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulations or changes in policy may be enacted, or the extent to which the business of the Bank or the Company would be affected thereby. The Bank cannot predict whether or when potential legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implemented regulations and supervisory policies, would have on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the outcome of examinations, any litigation or any investigations initiated by federal or local authorities may result in necessary changes in our operations that may increase our costs.
Set forth below is a description of the significant elements of the laws and regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and policies that are described. Also, such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by the U.S. Congress and local legislatures and federal and local regulatory agencies, and, where applicable, their foreign counterparts. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material effect on our business.
Regulation of BankGuam Holding Company
As a bank holding company, the Company is registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and is subject to regulation and periodic examination by the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is also required to file periodic reports of its operations and any additional information regarding its activities and those of its subsidiaries, as may be required by the Federal Reserve Board.
Federal Reserve Board regulations require bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. Under these regulations, the holding company is expected to commit resources to support its bank subsidiary, including at times when the holding company may not be in a financial position to provide such support. Bank holding companies must also maintain the financial flexibility and capital raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting their subsidiary bank. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary bank will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice, or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, or both.
Under the BHCA, a bank holding company must obtain the Federal Reserve Board’s approval before: (i) directly or indirectly acquiring more than 5% ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company; (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank; or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.
6
The business activities of the Company, as a bank holding company, are restricted by the BHCA. Under the BHCA and the Federal Reserve’s bank holding company regulations, the Company may only engage in, acquire or control voting securities or assets of a company engaged in: (i) banking, or managing or controlling banks and other subsidiaries authorized under the BHCA; and, (ii) any non-banking activity the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks to be a proper incident thereto. These include any incidental activities necessary to carry on those activities as well as a variety of activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to the business of banking as to be a proper incident thereto.
There are various restrictions on the ability of the holding company to borrow from, and engage in certain other transactions with, its bank subsidiary. In general, these restrictions require that any extensions of credit by the Bank to any single affiliate of the Bank must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus, and, as to the Company and all other affiliates of the Bank collectively, to 20% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus. Federal law also provides that extensions of credit and other transactions between the Bank and the Company must be on terms and conditions, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to the Bank as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions involving non-affiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms and conditions, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to or would apply to non-affiliated companies.
Federal law prohibits a bank holding company and any subsidiary banks from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with the extension of credit. Thus, for example, the Bank may not extend credit, lease or sell property, or furnish any services, or fix or vary the consideration for any of the foregoing on the condition that: (i) the customer must obtain or provide some additional credit, property or services from or to the Bank other than a loan, discount, deposit or trust services; (ii) the customer must obtain or provide some additional credit, property or service from or to the Company or the Bank; or, (iii) the customer must not obtain some other credit, property or services from competitors, except reasonable requirements to ensure soundness of the credit extended.
The principal source of the Company’s cash revenues are dividends from its subsidiary, the Bank. The Company’s earnings and activities are affected by legislation, by regulations and by local legislative and administrative bodies and decisions of courts in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. For example, these include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiary.
Regulation of the Bank
General. As a Guam-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the Guam Banking Commission. As a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Bank is also subject to supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the FDIC as the Bank’s primary federal regulator. If, as a result of an examination, the Guam Banking Commission or the FDIC should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory, or that the Bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, the Guam Banking Commission and the FDIC have residual authority to: (i) require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice; (ii) direct an increase in capital; (iii) restrict the Bank’s growth geographically, by products and services or by mergers and acquisitions; (iv) enter into informal nonpublic or formal public memoranda of understanding or written agreements; (v) enjoin unsafe and unsound practices and issue cease and desist orders to take corrective action; (vi) remove officers and directors and assess civil monetary penalties; and, (vii) take possession of, close and liquidate the Bank.
Guam law permits locally-chartered commercial banks to engage in any activity permissible for national banks. Therefore, the Bank may form subsidiaries to engage in the many so-called “closely related to banking” or “nonbanking” activities commonly conducted by national banks in operating subsidiaries, and further, pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Bank may conduct certain “financial” activities in a subsidiary to the same extent as may a national bank, provided the Bank is and remains “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” and in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act (discussed below).
The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Seattle. Among other benefits, each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region and makes available loans or advances to its members. Each FHLB is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. As an FHLB member, the Bank is required to own a certain amount of capital stock in the FHLB. At December 31, 2013, the Bank was in compliance with the FHLB’s stock ownership requirement.
7
Regulatory Capital Guidelines. The federal banking agencies have established minimum capital standards known as risk-based capital guidelines. These guidelines are intended to provide measures of capitalization that reflect the degree of risk associated with a bank’s operations. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating the amount of capital that must be maintained against a bank’s assets and off-balance sheet items. The amount of capital required to be maintained is based upon the credit risks associated with the various types and quality of a bank’s assets and off-balance sheet items. A bank’s assets and off-balance sheet items are classified under several risk categories, with each category assigned a particular risk weighting from 0% to 100%. The Bank’s Tier I capital consists of its capital stock, capital surplus, treasury stock, undivided earnings and the cumulative effect of the FDIC’s adjustment of our intangible assets. Our Tier II capital adds to Tier I the allowed portion of our reserves for possible loan losses. The inclusion of Tier II capital as qualifying capital for regulatory purposes is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal banking agencies. The federal regulators require a minimum ratio of total qualifying capital to risk-adjusted assets of 8%, a minimum ratio of Tier I capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4% and a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total assets (referred to as the “leverage ratio”) of 4%. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s capital levels met all minimum regulatory requirements and the Bank was considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action described below. There is no condition or event since December 31, 2013, that management believes has changed the Company’s or the Bank’s capitalization category.
Prompt Corrective Action. The federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of regulated banks. Each federal banking agency has issued regulations defining five capital categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” Under the regulations, a bank shall be deemed to be:
| • | “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more, and is not subject to specified requirements to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; |
| • | “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more, and a leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized”; |
| • | “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0%, or a leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); |
| • | “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%; and |
| • | “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. |
Banks are prohibited from paying dividends or management fees to controlling persons or entities if, after making the payment, the bank would be “undercapitalized,” that is, the bank fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to “undercapitalized” banks. Banks classified as “undercapitalized” are required to submit acceptable capital plans guaranteed by their holding company, if any. Broad regulatory authority was granted with respect to “significantly undercapitalized” banks, including forced mergers, growth restrictions, ordering new elections for directors, forcing divestiture by their holding company, if any, requiring management changes, and prohibiting the payment of bonuses to senior management. Even more severe restrictions are applicable to “critically undercapitalized” banks, those with capital at or less than 2%. Restrictions for these banks include the appointment of a receiver or conservator. All of the federal banking agencies have promulgated substantially similar regulations to implement this system of prompt corrective action.
A bank, based upon its capital levels, that is classified as “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to more restrictions. The federal banking agencies, however, may not treat an institution as “critically undercapitalized” unless its capital ratios actually warrant such treatment.
In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential enforcement actions by federal banking agencies, or the banking regulators in any of the jurisdictions in which the Bank operates, for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses, or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the agency, or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be judicially enforced, the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a depository institution), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, and the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against “institution-affiliated” parties. The enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders may be based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.
8
Neither the Company nor the Bank is currently operating under any corrective actions by their respective regulatory authorities.
Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository institutions, as have the other regulatory authorities in jurisdictions in which the Bank operates. Those guidelines relate to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and documentation, compensation and interest rate exposure. In general, the standards are designed to assist the various banking authorities in identifying and addressing problems at depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate banking authority may require the institution to submit a compliance plan and may institute enforcement proceedings if an acceptable compliance plan is not submitted.
FDIC Insurance and Insurance Assessments. The FDIC is an independent federal agency that insures deposits, up to prescribed statutory limits, of federally insured banks and savings institutions, and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and savings industries. The FDIC insures the Bank’s customer deposits through the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). The maximum deposit insurance amount was permanently increased from $100,000 to $250,000 under the Dodd-Frank Act.
The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, the FDIC is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the DIF annually at between 1.15% and 1.50% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on a semi-annual basis.
On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring insured institutions to prepay slightly more than three years of estimated insurance assessments. The pre-payment allowed the FDIC to strengthen the cash position of the DIF immediately without impacting earnings of the industry. Payment of the prepaid assessment, along with the payment of institutions’ regular third quarter assessment, was due on December 30, 2009. The Bank prepaid its FDIC insurance premiums at that time.
On February 7, 2011, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC adopted final rules to revise the assessment base to consist of average consolidated total assets during the assessment period minus the average tangible equity during the assessment period. In addition, the revisions eliminate the adjustment for secured borrowings and make certain other changes to the impact of unsecured borrowings and brokered deposits on an institution’s deposit insurance assessment. The rule also revises the assessment rate schedule to provide assessments ranging from 5 to 45 basis points, which took effect on April 1, 2011.
The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices that pose a risk to the DIF or that may prejudice the interest of depositors.
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee (“TAG”) Program, one of two components of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, provided full federal deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, regardless of dollar amount. Although approved for participation, the Bank opted out of this program on January 1, 2010. Subsequently, the Dodd-Frank Act extended unlimited deposit insurance to non-interest-bearing transaction accounts until December 31, 2012, when this provision expired.
The Dodd-Frank Act included a two-year extension of the TAG Program, though the extension did not apply to all accounts covered under the original program. The extension through December 31, 2012, applied only to non-interest bearing transaction accounts. Beginning January 1, 2011, low-interest consumer checking accounts (“NOW Accounts”) were no longer eligible for the unlimited guarantee. Unlike the original TAG Program, which allowed banks to opt in, the extended program applied at all FDIC-insured institutions and was no longer funded by separate premiums. The FDIC accounted for the additional TAG insurance coverage in determining the amount of the general assessment it charged under the risk-based assessment system.
The second component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, the Debt Guarantee Program, guaranteed certain senior unsecured debt of participating organizations. The Bank did not participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.
Depositor Preference. In the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.
9
Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). The CRA is intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The CRA specifically directs the federal bank regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to assess their record of helping to meet the credit needs of their entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA further requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations.
The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations which measure a bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations on a performance-based evaluation system. This system bases CRA ratings on an institution’s actual lending service and investment performance rather than the extent to which the institution conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach or complies with other procedural requirements. The ratings range from “outstanding” to a low of “substantial noncompliance.” The Bank had a CRA rating of “satisfactory” as of its most recent regulatory examination. A copy of the rating report is publicly available for review in the Bank’s Hagåtña Branch.
Other Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations. The bank regulatory agencies are increasingly focusing attention on compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations, and banks have been advised to carefully monitor their compliance with these laws and regulations. The federal Interagency Task Force on Fair Lending issued a policy statement on discrimination in home mortgage lending describing three methods that federal agencies will use to prove discrimination: overt evidence of discrimination, evidence of disparate treatment, and evidence of disparate impact. In addition to CRA and fair lending requirements, the Bank is subject to numerous other federal consumer protection statutes and regulations. Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with consumer protection laws and expanded regulations generally, the Bank may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in the local communities it serves.
Privacy. The Federal Reserve Board and other bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines for safeguarding confidential, personal customer information. These guidelines require financial institutions to create, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information, and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The Bank has adopted a customer information security program to comply with these requirements.
Financial institutions are also required to implement policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. In general, financial institutions must provide explanations to consumers on policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of such nonpublic personal information, and, except as otherwise required by law, prohibits disclosing such information except as provided in the Bank’s policies and procedures. The Bank has implemented privacy policies addressing these restrictions, and these policies are distributed regularly to all existing and new customers of the Bank.
USA Patriot Act of 2001. Under USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”), financial institutions are subject to prohibitions regarding specified financial transactions and account relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Among other things, the Patriot Act requires: (i) enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls on banks opening or holding accounts for foreign banks or wealthy foreign individuals; and, (ii) requires all financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs. The Bank has adopted and implemented policies and procedures to comply with the requirements of the Patriot Act.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation. The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and, (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences, including civil money penalties and potential criminal prosecution, so the Bank has established policies and implemented procedures to detect and prohibit transactions that would violate the OFAC rules.
Other Aspects of Banking Law. The Bank is also subject to federal statutory and regulatory provisions covering, among other things, security procedures, insider and affiliated party transactions, management interlocks, electronic funds transfers, funds availability, and truth-in-savings.
10
Other Pending and Proposed Legislation
Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect the Bank, the Company and the banking industry in general may be proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the Guam legislature and other governmental bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial institutions, and may subject the Bank or the Company to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various banking regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which the business of the Bank or the Company would be affected thereby.
Available Information
The Company makes available free of charge through the Bank’s website (www.bankofguam.com) the Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports. The Company makes these reports available on the Bank’s website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or otherwise furnish it to, the SEC. The information posted on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.
| ITEM 1A. | Risk Factors |
Our business, financial condition and results of operations are subject to various risks, including those discussed below. The risks discussed are those that we believe are the most significant risks, although additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem less significant may also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially.
Risks Relating to Recent Economic Conditions and Governmental Response Efforts
Our business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.
The United States economy is finally recovering, moderately, from a downturn that started in 2007, but business activity and growth across industries and regions have not yet been fully restored. Although there are indications that the recovery is accelerating, the sustainability of recent growth is still not certain. Consumer spending, liquidity and availability of credit are tentatively improving, and the unemployment rate, while slowly decreasing, is still relatively high nationally, as well as in the principal markets we serve.
The financial services industry was materially and adversely affected by the weakened economy and by the monetary policy responses intended to correct that weakness. The negative effect of historically low market interest rates has reduced our interest rate margin despite us having established minimum rate levels on our variable rate loans. In order to retain core deposits and as a reputational matter, our consumer savings account rates have been higher than our competitors’ offerings for the past five years. The slow recovery of the economy and continued high unemployment may negatively impact our operating results; however, the Bank has not experienced any adverse liquidity issues in recent years. Additionally, the remaining adverse changes in the economy may also continue to have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans. These factors could expose us to an increased risk of loan defaults and losses, and have an adverse impact on our earnings.
Recent legislative and required regulatory initiatives will impose restrictions and requirements on financial institutions that could have an adverse effect on our business.
The United States Congress, the Treasury Department and the FDIC have taken several steps to support the financial services industry, which have included certain well-publicized programs, such as the Troubled Asset Relief Program, as well as programs enhancing the liquidity available to financial institutions and increasing the insurance coverage available on bank deposits. These programs have provided an important source of support to many financial institutions. Partly in response to these programs and the current economic climate, the Dodd-Frank Act was enacted. Few provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act were effective immediately, with various provisions becoming effective in stages. Many of the provisions required governmental agencies to implement rules by the end of 2011. These rules have increased regulation of the financial services industry and impose restrictions on the ability of some firms within the industry to conduct business consistent with historical practices. As examples, these rules impact the ability of financial institutions to charge certain banking and other fees, impose new restrictions on lending practices and require depository institution holding companies to maintain capital at levels not less than the levels required for insured depository institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new financial consumer protection agency, known as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “Bureau”), that is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer compliance, which may increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs, and may restrict the financial products and services we offer to our customers. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and state attorneys general may enforce consumer protection rules issued by the Bureau.
11
The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits new trust preferred issuances from counting as Tier 1 capital. These restrictions limit future capital strategies. Although neither the Bank nor the Company use derivative transactions, the Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit our ability in the future to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate and other hedging transactions. Although certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, such as direct supervision by the Bureau, will not apply to banking organizations with less than $10 billion of assets, such as the Company, the changes resulting from the legislation will impact our business nonetheless. These changes will require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make the changes necessary to comply with the new laws, rules and regulations.
Any future FDIC insurance premium increases will adversely affect our earnings.
In April 2009, the FDIC revised its risk-based assessment system. The changes to the system involve adjustments to the risk-based calculation of an institution’s unsecured debt, secured liabilities and brokered deposits. Depending on any future losses that the FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund may suffer due to failed institutions, there can be no assurance that there will not be additional premium increases in order to replenish the Fund, but the rate of bank failures has diminished over the past three years. Our FDIC deposit insurance expense for the year ended December 31, 2013, was $1.4 million; in 2012, it was $1.0 million.
Risks Related to Our Markets and Business
Our profitability is dependent upon the economic conditions of the markets in which we operate.
We operate primarily in Guam and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and, as a result, our financial condition and results of operations are affected by changes in the economic conditions in those areas. Our success depends upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and lending activity in these markets. Because some of our customers’ business and financial interests may extend well beyond these market areas, adverse economic conditions that affect those other market areas could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of those customers to repay their loans, and generally affect our financial condition and results of operations. Our lending operations are located in market areas dependent on tourism and fishing, along with a military presence and other federal government activities in Guam. Although recent events seem to indicate a nascent recovery, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands has suffered setbacks in recent years because of a decline in its visitor industry and the failure of its garment industry. The other island economies have remained relatively stable. However, because of the magnified influence of external events, these small island economies tend to be somewhat more volatile than larger economic systems. Thus, our borrowers could be adversely impacted by a downturn in these sectors of the economy that could reduce the demand for loans and adversely impact the borrowers’ ability to repay their loans, which would, in turn, increase our nonperforming assets. Because of our geographic concentration in several relatively small island economies, we are less able than many regional or national financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple dissimilar markets. In recent years, we have taken the initiative to expand our operations in California in an effort to increase and help to stabilize our profitability.
Our loan portfolio has a large concentration of real estate loans in Guam and San Francisco, which involves risks specific to real estate values.
A downturn in our real estate markets could adversely affect our business because many of our loans are secured by real estate. Real estate lending (including commercial and construction) is a large portion of our loan portfolio. At December 31, 2013, approximately $534.9 million, or 61.1% of our loan portfolio, was secured by various forms of real estate, including residential and commercial real estate. The real estate securing our loan portfolio is concentrated in Guam and San Francisco. From time to time, there have been adverse developments affecting real estate values in one or more of our markets, and the market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located. Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies, and acts of nature, such as earthquakes and typhoons. Additionally, commercial real estate lending typically involves larger loan principal amounts and the repayment of the loans generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. If real estate values decline, the value of the collateral securing some of our loans could be significantly reduced. Our ability to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral would then be diminished and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans.
Our performance depends on attracting and retaining key employees and skilled personnel to operate our business effectively, and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect our prospects.
Our success is dependent on our ability to recruit and retain qualified, skilled management, loan origination, finance, administrative, marketing and technical personnel to operate our business effectively. Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the
12
banking industry is intense and there is a limited number of persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the community banking industry in the markets we serve. In particular, our success has been and continues to be highly dependent upon the abilities of key executives, including our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Operating Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and certain other key employees. Failure to maintain adequate staffing in key positions could adversely impact our operations and our ability to compete.
We are subject to credit risk.
There are inherent risks associated with our lending activities. These risks include, among other things, the impact of changes in interest rates and changes in the economic conditions in the markets where we operate, as well as those within our region, across the United States and abroad. Increases in interest rates and/or weakening economic conditions could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing those loans. We are also subject to various laws and regulations that affect our lending activities. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject us to regulatory enforcement action, which could result in the assessment of significant civil money penalties against us.
We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices. Although we believe that our underwriting criteria are appropriate for the various kinds of loans we make, we may incur losses on loans that meet our underwriting standards, and these losses may exceed the amounts set aside as reserves in our allowance for loan losses. Due to recent economic conditions, many lending institutions, including the Bank, have experienced declines in the performance of their loans, including consumer and commercial loans. The value of real estate collateral supporting some commercial loans has declined and may continue to decline. Recent developments in the financial industry and credit markets may continue to adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.
We maintain an allowance for loan losses for possible defaults and other reductions in the principal value of the Bank’s loan portfolio. The allowance is established through a provision for loan losses based on management’s evaluation of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio and the general economy. The allowance is also appropriately increased for new loan growth. The allowance is based upon a number of factors, including the size of the loan portfolio, asset classifications, economic trends, industry experience and trends, industry and geographic concentrations, estimated collateral values, management’s assessment of the credit risk inherent in the portfolio, historical loan loss experience and loan underwriting policies.
We strive to carefully manage and monitor credit quality and to identify deteriorating loans, and adjust the allowance for loan losses accordingly. However, because future events are uncertain and because we may not successfully identify all deteriorating loans in a timely manner, there may be loans that deteriorate in an accelerated time frame. As a result, future additions to the allowance may be necessary. Further, because the loan portfolio contains some commercial real estate, construction, and land development loans with relatively large balances, deterioration in the credit quality of one or more of these loans may require a significant increase to the allowance for loan losses. Future additions to the allowance may also be required due to changes in the financial condition of borrowers, such as changes resulting from current and potentially worsening economic conditions, or as a result of incorrect assumptions by management in determining the allowance for loan losses. Our regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses by making additional provisions for loan losses charged as an expense, or to decrease our allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
At December 31, 2013, nonperforming loans were 1.29% of the total loan portfolio, and 0.87% of total assets. Nonperforming assets adversely affect our earnings in various ways. Until economic and market conditions improve, we may incur losses relating to an increase in nonperforming assets. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or other real estate owned, thereby adversely affecting our income, and increasing our loan administration costs. Upon foreclosure or similar proceedings, we record the foreclosed asset at the fair value of the asset, reduced by estimated selling costs, which may result in a loss. An increase in the level of nonperforming assets increases our risk profile and may impact the capital levels our regulators believe are appropriate in light of the increased risk profile. While we reduce problem assets through collection efforts, asset sales, workouts, restructurings and otherwise, decreases in the value of the underlying collateral or in these borrowers’ performance or financial condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, our results of operations and our financial condition.
In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management and our directors, which can hinder the performance of their other responsibilities. If the current economic and market conditions worsen, it is possible that we will experience future increases in nonperforming assets, particularly if we are unsuccessful in our efforts to reduce our classified assets, which would have an adverse effect on our business.
13
We may be required to make additional provisions for loan losses and charge off additional loans in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a $2.1 million provision for loan losses, charged off $4.1 million of loans, and recovered $1.8 million of loans previously charged off. At December 31, 2013, we had $534.9 million in commercial and residential real estate loans and $697 thousand in construction loans, of which $12.8 million was on non-accrual. Construction loans and commercial real estate loans comprise a substantial portion of our nonperforming assets. Deterioration in the real estate market in Guam, San Francisco and/or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands could affect the ability of our loan customers to service their debt, which could result in additional loan charge-offs and provisions for loan losses in the future, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and capital.
Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.
Our earnings and cash flows are highly dependent upon net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-bearing assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Our net interest income (including net interest spread and margin) and ultimately our earnings are impacted by changes in interest rates and monetary policy. Changes in interest rates and monetary policy can impact the demand for new loans, the credit profile of our borrowers, the yields earned on loans and securities, and rates paid on deposits and borrowings. Given our current volume and mix of interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets, we would expect our interest rate spread (the difference in the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities and the yields earned on interest-earning assets) as well as net interest income to increase if interest rates rise and, conversely, to decline if interest rates fall. Additionally, increasing levels of in-market and out-of-market competition in the banking and financial services business may decrease our net interest spread as well as net interest margin by forcing us to offer lower lending interest rates and pay higher deposit interest rates. Although we believe our current level of interest rate sensitivity is reasonable, significant fluctuations in interest rates (such as a sudden and substantial increase in Prime and Fed Funds rates) as well as increasing competition may require us to increase rates on deposits at a faster pace than the yield we receive on interest-earning assets increases. The impact of any sudden and substantial move in interest rates and/or increased competition may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as our net interest income may be adversely affected.
Additionally, a sustained decrease in market interest rates could negatively affect our earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to refinance higher-rate, fixed-rate loans at lower rates, prepaying their existing loans. Under those circumstances, we would not be able to reinvest those prepayments in assets earning interest rates as high as the rates on the prepaid loans. In addition, our commercial loans, which carry variable interest rates that generally adjust in accordance with changes in the prime rate, will adjust to lower rates. Because of this, we have established minimum interest rates on those loans to mitigate our interest rate risk and potential reductions in income.
We are also significantly affected by the level of loan demand available in our market. The inability to make sufficient loans directly affects the interest income we earn. Lower loan demand will generally result in lower interest income realized as we place funds in lower yielding investments.
Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.
Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn in markets in which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole.
If we lost a significant portion of our low-cost deposits, it would negatively impact our liquidity and profitability.
Our profitability depends in part on our success in attracting and retaining a stable base of low-cost deposits. At December 31, 2013, 27% of our deposit base was comprised of non-interest bearing deposits. While we generally do not believe these core deposits are very sensitive to interest rate fluctuations, the competition for these deposits in our markets is strong. If we were to lose a significant portion of our low-cost deposits, it could negatively impact our liquidity and profitability.
14
We borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank, and there can be no assurance their programs will continue in their current manner.
We utilize the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle for term advances; we also borrow from correspondent banks under our Fed Funds lines of credit from time to time, primarily to test the continuing availability of those lines. The amount loaned to us is generally dependent on the value of the collateral pledged. These lenders could reduce the percentages loaned against various collateral categories, could eliminate their acceptance of certain types of collateral, and could otherwise modify or even terminate their loan programs, particularly to the extent they are required to do so because of capital adequacy or other balance sheet concerns. Any change or termination of the programs under which we borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle or correspondent banks could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and profitability.
Our results of operations may be adversely affected by other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to our securities portfolio.
We may be required to record future impairment charges on our securities, including our stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle, if they suffer declines in value that we consider other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including the lack of liquidity for re-sale of certain securities, the absence of reliable pricing information for securities, adverse changes in the business climate, adverse regulatory actions or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment, could have a negative effect on our securities portfolio in future periods. Significant impairment charges could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios and result in the Bank not being classified as “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet regulatory requirements, our commitments or our business needs. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend, among other things, on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and our financial performance. The recent loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase our cost of funding and limit our access to some of our customary funding sources, including, but not limited to, inter-bank borrowings and borrowings from the discount window of the Federal Reserve.
We cannot assure you that such capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors of the Bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We must effectively manage our growth strategy.
As part of our general growth strategy, we may expand into additional communities or attempt to strengthen our position in our current markets by opening new offices. To the extent that we are able to open additional offices, we are likely to temporarily experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations for a period of time, which may have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on average equity and return on average assets. Our current growth strategies involve internal growth from our current offices and the addition of new offices over time, so that the additional overhead expenses associated with recent openings are absorbed prior to opening other new offices.
We have a nominal amount of deferred tax asset and cannot assure that it will be fully realized.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities computed using enacted tax rates. If we determine that we will not achieve sufficient future taxable income to realize our net deferred tax asset, we are required under generally accepted accounting principles to establish a full or partial valuation allowance. If we determine that a valuation allowance is necessary, we are required to incur a charge to operations. We regularly assess available positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax asset will be realized. Realization of a deferred tax asset requires us to apply significant judgment and is inherently speculative because it requires estimates that cannot be made with certainty. At December 31, 2013, we had a net deferred tax asset of $6.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we established a partial valuation allowance of $2.0 million to reduce the gross deferred tax asset of $8.6 million because, in management’s opinion, it is more likely than not that only the remaining $6.6 million will be realized. If we were to determine at some point in the future that we will not achieve sufficient future taxable income to realize our net deferred tax asset, we would be required, under generally accepted accounting principles, to establish a full or increase any partial valuation allowance, which would require us to incur a charge to operations for the period in which the determination was made.
15
We face strong competition from financial service companies and other companies that offer banking services.
We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our competitors, including larger commercial banks, community banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies, insurance companies, brokers, investment advisors and other financial institutions, compete with the lending and deposit-gathering services we offer. Increased competition in our markets may result in reduced loans and deposits.
Many of these competing institutions have much greater financial and marketing resources than we have. Due to their size, many competitors can achieve larger economies of scale in a broader range of products and services than we can. If we are unable to offer competitively priced products and services, our business may be negatively affected.
Some of the financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as is imposed on bank holding companies and federally insured financial institutions, and are not subject to increased supervisory oversight arising from regulatory examinations. As a result, these non-bank competitors have certain advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various services. The banking business in our primary market areas is very competitive, and the level of competition facing us may increase further, which may limit our asset growth and financial results.
In the future, the Bank and/or the Company may become subject to supervisory actions and/or enhanced regulation that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating flexibility, financial condition and the value of our common stock.
Under federal, state and local laws and regulations pertaining to the safety and soundness of insured depository institutions, various state or local regulators (for non-federally chartered banks), the Federal Reserve Board (for bank holding companies and member banks), the local financial industry regulators of the various jurisdictions in which the Bank operates and, separately, the FDIC as the insurer of bank deposits, each have the authority to compel or restrict certain activities on our part if they determine that we have insufficient capital or are otherwise operating in a manner that may be deemed to be inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices. Under their respective authority, our bank regulators can require us to enter into informal or formal enforcement orders, including board resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements, and consent or cease and desist orders, pursuant to which we may be required to take identified corrective actions to address cited concerns or to refrain from taking certain actions. Neither the Bank nor the Company is currently operating under any regulatory enforcement orders.
Technology is continually changing and we must effectively implement new technologies.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables us to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy their demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our geographic and product markets. In order to anticipate and develop new technology, we employ a qualified staff of internal information system specialists and consider this area a core part of our business. We do not develop our own software products, but have been able to respond to technological changes in a timely manner through association with leading technology vendors. We must continue to make substantial investments in technology which may affect our results of operations. If we are unable to make such investments, or we are unable to respond to technological changes in a timely manner, our operating costs may increase, which could adversely affect our operating results.
System failure or breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.
The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Computer break-ins and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. We employ external auditors to conduct auditing and testing for weaknesses in our systems, controls, firewalls and encryption to reduce the likelihood of any security failures or breaches, as well as both internal and external monitoring systems to detect and report any attempt to overcome our electronic defenses. Although we, with the help of third-party service providers and auditors, intend to continue to implement effective security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent such damage, there can be no assurance that these security measures will ultimately be successful. In addition, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
16
Managing operational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.
Operational risk represents the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the Bank, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, transaction processing errors and breaches of the internal control system, and of compliance requirements. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. Operational risk is inherent in all business activities and the management of this risk is important to the achievement of our business objectives. In the event of a breakdown in our internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to our reputation. We have a stringent code of ethics and attendant procedures in place to protect our reputation and promote ethical conduct, but these policies and procedures might not be fully effective. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental regulation.
Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our business.
Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. For example, our primary market areas in Guam and the CNMI are subject to typhoons, earthquakes and wildland fires. Operations in our market could be disrupted by both the evacuation of large portions of the population as well as damage and/or lack of access to our banking and operational facilities. While we have experienced severe weather and strong earthquakes in the past and resumed our operations promptly, a recurrence of these, along with acts of war, terrorism or other adverse external events, may occur in the future. Although management has established a business continuity plan, disaster recovery policies and corresponding procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Securities
The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for stockholders to resell shares of common stock at times or at prices they find attractive.
The Company common stock is traded in the Over-the-Counter market under the symbol “BKGMF.” The trading volume has historically been substantially less than that of larger financial services companies. This may make it difficult for stockholders to resell shares of common stock at times or at prices they find attractive. Stock price volatility may also make it more difficult to sell common stock quickly and at attractive prices.
| ITEM 1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments |
None.
| ITEM 2. | Properties |
Our properties consist primarily of leased office facilities for our branch offices. Our headquarters facility, which we own, consists of 74,240 square feet in Hagåtña, Guam. We also own the buildings of our Santa Cruz branch in Guam, and Garapan branch in Saipan and the Rota branch in the CNMI, which comprise 47,292 square feet in total. These branch buildings are situated on leased land. We believe our facilities are in excellent condition and suitable for the conduct of our business.
For additional information on operating leases and rent expense, see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
| ITEM 3. | Legal Proceedings |
Neither the Company nor the Bank is involved in any legal proceedings other than those occurring on a routine basis in the ordinary course of business. The majority of such proceedings have been initiated by the Bank in the process of collecting delinquent loans. Such routine legal proceedings, in the aggregate, are believed by Management to be immaterial to the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of December 31, 2013.
| ITEM 4. | Mine Safety Disclosures |
None.
17
| ITEM 5. | Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters And Issuer Purchases Of Equity Securities |
Market and Dividend Information
The Company’s common stock is traded through the OTC Bulletin Board and is quoted under the symbol “BKGMF.” Transactions of the Company’s common stock through private negotiated sales are also facilitated with the assistance of the Bank’s Trust Department. Management is not aware of any securities dealers which actively make a market in the Company’s common stock. No assurance can be given that an active trading market will be sustained for the common stock at any time in the future. The following table sets forth the high and low sale price for the common stock for the periods indicated, along with cash dividend payments for each of the quarters presented. The stock prices in the table are based upon information provided by the Bank’s Trust Department, and are derived from private sales executed through the Bank’s Trust Department, and sales through the OTC Bulletin Board.
| Stock Price | ||||||||||||
| High | Low |
Dividend Per
Share |
||||||||||
|
Quarter |
||||||||||||
|
Year ended December 31, 2013 |
||||||||||||
|
Fourth Quarter |
$ | 10.00 | $ | 6.55 | $ | 0.125 | ||||||
|
Third Quarter |
$ | 10.00 | $ | 7.15 | $ | 0.125 | ||||||
|
Second Quarter |
$ | 10.04 | $ | 9.00 | $ | 0.125 | ||||||
|
First Quarter |
$ | 10.05 | $ | 8.00 | $ | 0.125 | ||||||
|
Year ended December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||
|
Fourth Quarter |
$ | 10.00 | $ | 7.67 | $ | 0.125 | ||||||
|
Third Quarter |
$ | 10.00 | $ | 8.62 | $ | 0.125 | ||||||
|
Second Quarter |
$ | 12.00 | $ | 8.00 | $ | 0.125 | ||||||
|
First Quarter |
$ | 10.50 | $ | 8.00 | $ | 0.125 | ||||||
As of March 17, 2014, there were approximately 4,312 holders of record of common stock. There are no other classes of common equity or other types of stock outstanding.
Dividend Policy
At its discretion, the Board of Directors of the Company declares dividends to its stockholders on a quarterly basis. The Company declared and paid dividends of $0.125 per share to stockholders as of a declaration date for each share of common stock outstanding in each of the quarters during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
The amount of future dividends will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors, and will be determined by our Board of Directors on a quarterly basis. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies not maintain dividend levels that undermine the holding company’s ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Additionally, in consideration of the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong. Under the federal Prompt Corrective Action regulations, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company is undercapitalized, and the FDIC may prohibit a non-member bank from paying any dividends if the bank is undercapitalized.
As a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends is affected by the ability of our bank subsidiary, the Bank, to pay cash dividends. The ability of the Bank (and our ability) to pay cash dividends in the future and the amount of any such cash dividends is and could be in the future further influenced by bank regulatory requirements and approvals and capital guidelines. Funds for payment of any cash dividends by the Company would be obtained from its investments as well as dividends from the Bank. The decision whether to pay dividends will be made by our Board of Directors in light of conditions then existing, including factors such as our results of operations, financial condition, business conditions, regulatory capital requirements and covenants under any applicable contractual arrangements, including agreements with regulatory authorities.
18
Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The 2001 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders in 2001 and became effective on May 1, 2001. The Plan functioned as a stock purchase plan whereby eligible employees of the Bank who elected to participate had the right to purchase common stock at a 15% discount from the market value of the common stock at the date of exercise. Employees could purchase the common stock using payroll deductions or pursuant to an installment purchase agreement. The Employee Stock Option Plan Committee of the Board of Directors administered the Plan. The aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan was 1,947. As of December 31, 2010, there were 1,657 shares granted. The Bank accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 “C ompensation – Stock Compensation ”. The compensatory element of the eligible shares to be purchased under the Plan was the difference between the market value of the stock and the exercise price. The Plan was terminated on April 30, 2011. Compensation cumulative expense pursuant to this plan was $2,659 as of December 31, 2011.
The Bank’s 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2011 Plan”) was adopted by the Bank’s Board of Directors and approved by the Bank’s Stockholders on May 2, 2011. This plan was subsequently adopted by the Company after the Reorganization. The 2011 Plan is open to all employees of the Company and the Bank who have met certain eligibility requirements.
Under the 2011 Plan, as amended and restated as of July 1, 2012, eligible employees can purchase, through payroll deductions, shares of common stock at a discount. The right to purchase stocks is granted to eligible employees during a period of time that is established from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company. Eligible employees cannot accrue the right to purchase more than $25 thousand worth of stock at the fair market value at the beginning of each offer period. Eligible employees also may not purchase more than one thousand five hundred (1,500) shares of stock in any one offer period. The shares are purchased at 85% of the fair market price of the stock on the enrollment date.
| At December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||
| Plan category |
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Weighted-average
exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) |
|||||||||
| (a) | (b) | (c) | ||||||||||
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders |
- 0 - | $ | 7.53 | 1,461,751 | ||||||||
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders |
- 0 - | - 0 - | - 0 - | |||||||||
|
Total |
- 0 - | $ | 7.53 | 1,461,751 | ||||||||
19
| ITEM 6. | Selected Financial Data |
| For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
| (Dollar and Share Amounts in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
INCOME STATEMENT DATA: |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest income |
$ | 63,598 | $ | 62,278 | $ | 51,280 | $ | 49,417 | $ | 49,624 | ||||||||||
|
Interest expense |
4,800 | 5,547 | 5,615 | 6,028 | 9,025 | |||||||||||||||
|
Net interest income before provision for loan losses |
58,798 | 56,731 | 45,665 | 43,389 | 40,599 | |||||||||||||||
|
Provision for loan losses |
2,095 | 3,900 | 4,617 | 3,125 | 2,550 | |||||||||||||||
|
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
56,703 | 52,831 | 41,048 | 40,264 | 38,049 | |||||||||||||||
|
Non-interest income |
11,692 | 12,567 | 12,597 | 12,245 | 12,154 | |||||||||||||||
|
Non-interest expense |
54,447 | 53,354 | 47,153 | 43,073 | 42,774 | |||||||||||||||
|
Income before income taxes |
13,948 | 12,044 | 6,492 | 9,436 | 7,429 | |||||||||||||||
|
Income tax expense |
4,080 | 3,424 | 758 | 2,344 | 1,928 | |||||||||||||||
|
Net income |
$ | 9,868 | $ | 8,620 | $ | 5,734 | $ | 7,092 | $ | 5,501 | ||||||||||
|
PER COMMON SHARE DATA: |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Basic net income |
$ | 1.12 | $ | 0.98 | $ | 0.65 | $ | 0.81 | $ | 0.63 | ||||||||||
|
Diluted net income |
$ | 1.12 | $ | 0.98 | $ | 0.54 | $ | 0.79 | $ | 0.62 | ||||||||||
|
Book value per common share |
$ | 10.66 | $ | 10.77 | $ | 10.14 | $ | 9.68 | $ | 9.33 | ||||||||||
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding — basic |
8,790 | 8,779 | 8,752 | 8,721 | 8,681 | |||||||||||||||
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding — diluted |
8,790 | 8,780 | 10,572 | 8,952 | 8,915 | |||||||||||||||
|
Shares outstanding at period end |
8,802 | 8,782 | 8,779 | 8,715 | 8,670 | |||||||||||||||
|
BALANCE SHEET DATA: |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Securities |
$ | 273,919 | $ | 333,806 | $ | 221,551 | $ | 221,876 | $ | 278,891 | ||||||||||
|
Net loans |
$ | 860,883 | $ | 748,832 | $ | 728,198 | $ | 611,139 | $ | 550,297 | ||||||||||
|
Allowance for loan losses |
$ | 12,077 | $ | 12,228 | $ | 11,101 | $ | 9,408 | $ | 8,895 | ||||||||||
|
Goodwill and other intangible assets |
$ | 783 | $ | 783 | $ | 783 | $ | 783 | $ | 783 | ||||||||||
|
Total assets |
$ | 1,283,008 | $ | 1,211,381 | $ | 1,139,964 | $ | 990,601 | $ | 940,572 | ||||||||||
|
Total deposits |
$ | 1,183,445 | $ | 1,102,540 | $ | 1,038,339 | $ | 889,275 | $ | 811,894 | ||||||||||
|
Federal home loan bank advance & note payable |
$ | 0 | $ | 10,145 | $ | 10,200 | $ | 15,000 | $ | 35,000 | ||||||||||
|
Total stockholders’ equity |
$ | 93,855 | $ | 94,424 | $ | 89,036 | $ | 84,352 | $ | 80,895 | ||||||||||
|
SELECTED PERFORMANCE RATIOS: |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Return on average assets |
0.77 | % | 0.71 | % | 0.54 | % | 0.72 | % | 0.57 | % | ||||||||||
|
Return on average equity |
10.45 | % | 9.26 | % | 6.58 | % | 8.48 | % | 6.71 | % | ||||||||||
|
Net interest margin |
4.81 | % | 5.01 | % | 4.65 | % | 5.03 | % | 4.60 | % | ||||||||||
|
CAPITAL RATIOS: |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total risk-based |
12.53 | % | 13.51 | % | 15.31 | % | 13.76 | % | 14.95 | % | ||||||||||
|
Tier 1 risk-based |
11.43 | % | 12.43 | % | 14.25 | % | 12.21 | % | 13.70 | % | ||||||||||
|
Tier 1 leverage |
7.60 | % | 7.40 | % | 7.87 | % | 8.52 | % | 8.07 | % | ||||||||||
| ITEM 7. | Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations |
The following discussion provides information about the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and capital resources of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. This information is intended to facilitate the understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related to our financial condition and the results of operations. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Executive Summary
This summary is intended to identify the most important matters on which management focuses when it evaluates the financial condition and performance of the Bank. When evaluating financial condition and performance, management looks at certain key metrics and measures. The Bank’s evaluation includes comparisons with peer group financial institutions and its own performance objectives established in internal planning processes.
20
The primary activity of the Bank is commercial banking, as it has been since the Bank opened in Guam in 1972. The Company’s operations are located entirely in the U.S. territories, the U.S.-affiliated nations of the western Pacific, and in the San Francisco Bay area of California. The largest community in the Bank’s western Pacific market is Guam, followed by the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands. The market includes a number of transportation-, travel- and tourism-related companies in the region, as well as substantial U.S. Department of Defense activities in Guam. The Company’s customers are primarily transnational corporations, governments, closely-held businesses and individuals.
During 2013, there were two significant factors that impacted the Company’s financial condition and operations:
| • | There was a substantial inflow of deposits throughout the year as the Bank succeeded in acquiring government accounts throughout the Freely Associated States, along with land use payments and a large insurance settlement in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as well as significant deposit growth in private and government deposits in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands. In total, the Bank’s deposit base grew $80.9 million, or 7.3%. |
| • | Over the course of the year, tourist arrivals continued to increase in Guam and other islands in the region. In Guam, the number of visitors reached its highest level since 1997, at 1.3 million, and the third highest level ever. This is due, in part, to the fact that Japanese arrivals have been supplemented by tourists from Taiwan and South Korea, and arrivals from Russia and China, although a relatively small segment of the market, continue to grow. This rebound in Guam’s tourism industry led to modest improvements in payroll employment and other aspects of the economy, enhancing the Bank’s business. |
For the year ended December 31, 2013, net income was $9.9 million, or $1.12 per diluted common share. For the year ended December 31, 2012, net income was $8.6 million, or $0.98 per diluted common share. For the year ended December 31, 2011, net income was $5.7 million, or $0.54 per diluted common share.
The annualized return on average assets and average equity for the year ended December 31, 2013 were 0.76% and 10.39%, respectively, compared to 0.71% and 9.26%, respectively, for 2012, and 0.54% and 6.58%, respectively, for 2011.
The following are major factors that impacted the Company’s results of operations:
| • | Net interest income increased 3.6% to $58.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $56.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, due to a $1.3 million increase in interest income and a reduction of $747 thousand in interest expenses. Net interest income increased 24.2% to $56.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, due to a significant increase of $11.0 million in interest income and a nominal decrease of $68 thousand in interest expense. |
| • | The net interest margin decreased 20 basis points to 4.81% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with 5.01% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in the net interest margin for 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily due to a 50 basis point decrease in the yields on loans, a 20 basis point reduction of yields on interest-bearing deposits in banks and an 11 basis point decline in the yield on our securities portfolio, partially offset by a 12 basis point decrease in rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. The net interest margin increased by 36 basis points to 5.01% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared with 4.65% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the net interest margin for 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily due to a 28 basis point increase in the yields on loans, interest-bearing deposits in banks and securities, augmented by a 13 basis point decrease in rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. |
| • | The provision for loan losses was $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in the provision for loan losses in 2013 compared to 2012 reflects a reversal in our allowance for loan losses by $1.7 million during the second quarter, booking that amount back into income, resulting in a reduction of our provision for loan losses to $2.1 million from $3.9 million in 2012. This reduction was due to an improvement in the performance of our loan portfolio, specifically related to a substantial decrease in loans classified as substandard, a decrease in delinquency ratio and a reduction in net charge-offs, as well as improved stability in financial markets and the gradual improvement in the overall economy. The decrease in the 2012 provision for loan losses compared to 2011 reflects lower net charge-offs during the year, tempered by an increase in nonperforming loans associated with moderate growth in on our loan portfolio, as well as management’s assessment of economic conditions. |
| • | Non-interest income decreased by 7.0%, to $11.7 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013, $875 thousand less than the $12.57 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in non-interest income in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily due to there being a smaller gain on the sale of investment securities in 2013, a reduction of $724 thousand from the previous year, a reduction of $289 thousand in cardholder income and a reduction of $195 thousand in trustee fees, partially offset by the additional $298 thousand in service charges and fees and $132 thousand in income from merchant services. Non-interest income decreased by 0.2% in 2012 to $12.57 million, compared to $12.60 million in 2011, primarily due to there being no gain on the sale of assets in 2012, a reduction from $1.1 million from the previous year, and a reduction of $357 thousand in cardholder income, partially offset by the additional $1.0 million in income from merchant services, the $261 thousand increase in other income and the $113 thousand increase in trustee fees. |
21
| • | Non-interest expense was $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $53.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of 2.0%, primarily due to an increase of $996 thousand in the expenses associated with other real estate owned, an additional $607 thousand in occupancy expense and $358 thousand in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s insurance assessment, partially offset by reductions of $268 thousand in professional services expense, $143 thousand in furniture and equipment depreciation and $140 thousand in stationery and supplies expenses. Non-interest expense increased to $53.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, from $47.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to an increases of $2.5 million in personnel costs, $1.3 million in furniture and equipment expense, $748 thousand in professional services expense and $1.2 million in general, administrative and other expenses. |
| • | The 13.9% increase of net after tax income to $9.8 million in 2013 compared to $8.6 million 2012 was due to the $3.9 million increase in net interest income (after the provision for loan losses), offset by the $875 thousand decrease in non-interest income, the $1.1 million increase in non-interest expense and the increase of $709 thousand in income taxes. The 50.3% increase in net income from 2011 to 2012 was primarily due to the $11.1 million increase in net interest income, supplemented by a $717 thousand decrease in the provision for loan losses, partially offset by the $6.2 million increase in non-interest expense and the increase of $2.7 million in income taxes. |
The following are important factors in understanding our current financial condition and liquidity position:
| • | Cash, Federal Funds sold, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, and investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity collectively decreased by 9.2%, to $368.8 million, at December 31, 2013, from $406.0 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease in liquid assets is primarily due to a conversion of a net $59.8 million of investment securities into loans, partially offset by an increase of $22.4 million in cash and cash equivalents. |
| • | Total loans, net of deferred fees and the allowance for loan losses, increased $112.1 million, or 15.0%, to $860.9 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $748.8 million at December 31, 2012. Commercial loans increased $107.2 million to $564.5 million at December 31, 2013 from $457.3 million at December 31, 2012. In addition, consumer loans, including residential mortgage loans, increased $5.0 million, to $310.6 million, at December 31, 2013, from $305.6 million at December 31, 2012. |
| • | Classified assets decreased to $22.7 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $40.7 million at December 31, 2012. |
| • | The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013, was $12.1 million, or 1.38% of total loans. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012, was $12.2 million, or 1.60% of total loans. |
| • | Nonperforming loans decreased $4.4 million to $11.3 million, or 1.29% of total loans, at December 31, 2013, from $15.7 million, or 2.06% of total loans, at December 31, 2012. |
| • | Net loan charge-offs were $2.24 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the $2.77million in net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2012. |
| • | The ratio of noncore funding of $43.3 million (which consists of $100,000 and over time deposits plus short-term borrowings) to total assets was 3.36% at December 31, 2013, compared to $48.6 million, or 4.01% of total assets, at December 31, 2012. |
| • | The loan-to-deposit ratio increased to 73.8% at December 31, 2013, as compared to 69.2% at December 31, 2012. |
| • | Capital ratios significantly exceed regulatory requirements for a well-capitalized financial institution, both at the Company level and in the Bank. The leverage ratio at the Company was 7.59%, with a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11.40%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.50% at December 31, 2013. The leverage ratio at the Company was 7.40%, with a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 12.43%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 13.51% at December 31, 2012. The regulatory well-capitalized guidelines are a minimum of a 5% leverage ratio, a 6% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and a 10% total risk-based capital ratio. The decrease in the risk-based ratios from December 31, 2012, to December 31, 2013, was due to the conversion of lower-risk securities to loans that carry a higher risk, along with substantial growth in loans supported by an increase in deposits. |
Deposits
The composition and cost of the Bank’s deposit base are important in analyzing the Bank’s net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity characteristics. The Bank’s depositors are generally located in its primary market area. Depending on loan demand and other funding requirements, the Bank also attracts deposits through its interest rate pricing. The Bank monitors all deposits that may be sensitive to interest rate changes to help ensure that liquidity risk does not become excessive due to deposit migration. Deposits at December 31, 2013, were $1.18 billion, compared to $1.10 billion at December 31, 2012. The 7.3% increase is primarily due to an injection of funding into the CNMI market by the liquidation and distribution of the government employees’ retirement fund assets, the acquisition of additional government accounts in the Freely Associated States, U.S. government payments for land use and other purposes, and a significant private insurance settlement for a commercial customer, also in the Freely Associated States.
22
The Bank does not currently accept brokered deposits because it already maintains ample liquidity, but may do so in the future.
Liquidity
Our liquidity position refers to our ability to maintain cash flows sufficient to fund operations and to meet obligations and other commitments in a timely fashion. We believe that the Bank’s liquidity position is more than sufficient to meet our operating expenses, borrowing needs and other obligations for 2014, and management has tested and determined that, even under severely stressed scenarios, the Bank’s liquidity will be more than adequate to meet our requirements. Our liquidity has increased significantly as we shifted from longer-duration, Held-To-Maturity securities in our investment portfolio to shorter-duration, Available-For-Sale investments as a defensive measure due to historically low interest rates and yields. At December 31, 2013, we had $96.6 million in cash and cash equivalents and approximately $88.5 million in available borrowing capacity from various sources, including the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRB”), and Federal Funds facilities with several financial institutions. The Bank also had $106.4 million in unpledged securities available at December 31, 2013. Our loan-to-deposit ratio increased to 74.0% at December 31, 2013, compared to 69.2% at December 31, 2012, as our net loans increased by 15.0% and our deposits grew by 7.3%.
Lending
Our loans originate almost entirely through the branch offices located in our primary market. As the Bank has approached a saturation point in our primary service area, we have expanded our activities in California through our branch in San Francisco. The total loan portfolio remains well diversified with commercial and industrial loans accounting for 20.9% of the portfolio at December 31, 2013. Commercial real estate loans accounted for 43.4% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. Construction loans decreased from 0.5% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012, to 0.08% at December 31, 2013. Residential mortgages and other consumer-related loans accounted for the remaining 35.5% of total loans at December 31, 2013. The increase in gross loans in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily due to an increase in our consumer loan portfolio and expansion in our lending in California, partially offset by decreases in commercial construction loans, residential mortgages and automobile loans. The Bank also had an increase of $11.2 million in loans sold to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) from $197.4 million at December 31, 2012, to $208.6 million at December 31, 2013, but these loans are off-book, except for the amortized value of the associated mortgage servicing rights. The Bank exercises careful selectivity with respect to the types of loans it chooses to originate.
Net Interest Income
The management of interest income and expense is fundamental to the performance of the Company and the Bank. Net interest income, the difference between interest income and interest expense, is the largest component of the Bank’s total revenue. Management closely monitors both total net interest income and the net interest margin (net interest income divided by average earning assets).
The Bank, through its asset and liability management policies and practices, as overseen by its Asset and Liability Committee, seeks to maximize net interest income without exposing itself to an excessive level of interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is managed by monitoring the pricing, maturity and repricing options of all classes of interest bearing assets and liabilities. This is discussed in more detail under Liquidity and Asset/Liability Management. In addition, we believe there are measures and initiatives we can take to improve the net interest margin, including increasing loan rates, maintaining floors on floating rate loans, reducing nonperforming assets, managing deposit interest rates and reducing higher-cost deposits.
From January 22, 2008, through December 16, 2008, the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee reduced short-term interest rates by 325 basis points in response to the credit crisis and economic downturn that resulted from the collapse in the U.S. housing market and the subsequent global recession. The target Federal Funds Rate in the range of 0.00% to 0.25% remains in effect, and has been reinforced by massive purchases of financial assets by the Federal Reserve in its programs of quantitative easing. The decrease in short-term rates immediately affected the rates applicable to many of the Bank’s loans. While the decrease in interest rates also lowered the cost of interest bearing deposits, which represent the Bank’s primary funding source, these deposits tend to re-price more slowly than floating rate loans. The historically low level of short-term interest rates, including the prime rate, has significantly compressed the Bank’s net interest margin.
Management of Credit Risk
We continue to proactively identify, quantify and manage our problem loans. Early identification of problem loans and potential future losses helps enable us to resolve credit issues with potentially less risk and lower ultimate losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses in an amount that we believe is adequate to absorb probable and projected incurred losses in the portfolio. While we strive to carefully monitor and manage credit quality and to identify loans that may be deteriorating, circumstances can change at any time that
23
may result in future losses for loans included in the portfolio, that as of the date of the financial statements have not yet been identified as potential problem loans. Through established credit practices, we adjust the allowance for loan losses accordingly. However, because future events are uncertain, there may be loans that deteriorate, some of which could occur in an accelerated time frame. As a result, future additions to the allowance may be necessary. Because the loan portfolio contains a number of commercial loans, commercial real estate and construction loans with relatively large balances, deterioration in the credit quality of one or more of these loans may require a significant increase to the allowance for loan losses. Future additions to the allowance may also be required based on changes in the financial condition of borrowers, such as have resulted due to the current economic conditions. Additionally, federal and local banking regulators throughout our market area, as an integral part of their supervisory function, periodically review our allowance for loan losses. These regulatory agencies may require us to recognize further loan loss provisions or charge-offs based upon their judgments, which may be different from ours. Any increase in the allowance for loan losses would have an adverse effect, which may be material, on our financial condition and results of operation.
Further discussion of the management of credit risk appears under “ Provision for Loan Losses ” and “ Allowance for Loan Losses ”.
Non-Interest Income
While net interest income remains the largest single component of total revenues, non-interest income is an important component, as well. In total, the Bank received $11.69 million in non-interest income during 2013, a decrease of $875 thousand from the $12.57 million recorded for 2012, and less than the $12.60 million received in 2011. The decrease from 2012 to 2013 is due in part to a reduction in gains from the Bank’s sale of securities that resulted in a $637 thousand gain for 2013, in contrast to the Bank’s $1.4 million gain on the sale of securities in 2012. The Bank realized a $1.3 million gain on securities in 2011. The Bank also had a decrease in cardholder income of $289 thousand in 2013, to $971 thousand from $1.26 million in 2012, and a reduction of $195 thousand in trustee fees in 2013, to $616 thousand from $811 thousand the previous year. The decreases in non-interest income in 2013 were partially offset by a $298 thousand increase in service charges and fees, to $4.42 million from $4.12 million in 2012, and by an increase of $132 thousand in income from merchant services, to $2.37 million from $2.23 million.
Non-Interest Expense
Management considers the control of operating expenses to be a critical element of the performance of the Company and the Bank. Over the last several quarters, the Bank has undertaken initiatives to contain its non-interest expense and improve its efficiency. Nevertheless, total non-interest expense was $54.4 million for year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $53.4 million for year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was largely the result of increasing costs associated with other real estate owned, higher occupancy expenses and a rise in the FDIC’s insurance assessment. Operating expense increased by $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to a $996 thousand increase in the costs associated with other real estate owned, a $607 thousand increase in occupancy expense and an increase of $358 thousand in FDIC assessment expense, partially offset by reductions of $268 thousand in professional services expense, $143 thousand in furniture and equipment depreciation, and $140 thousand in stationery and supplies expenses. Operating expenses in 2012 were $6.2 million higher than 2011, primarily due to a $2.5 million increase in salaries and employee benefits expense, a $1.3 million increase in furniture and equipment expense, an increase in general, administrative and other expenses of $1.1 million, and an increase of $748 thousand in professional services expense.
Capital Management
As part of its asset and liability management process, the Company continually assesses its capital position to take into consideration growth, expected earnings, risk profile and potential corporate activities that it may choose to pursue.
During the past several years, the Bank’s principal source of increases in capital has been retained earnings, supplemented by stock purchases through our 2001 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan, which expired in 2011. Since the expiration of the option plan, the Company instituted a new Employee Stock Purchase Plan in mid-2012. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 15 of this Annual Report for a description of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
The Bank remains “well capitalized” by all three regulatory measures of capital adequacy, and has developed a plan for capital acquisition should the need arise.
Results of Operations
The Bank earns income from two primary sources. The first is net interest income, which is interest income generated by earning assets less interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The second is non-interest income, which primarily consists of service fees and charges, net investment securities gains, income from merchants for processing credit and debit card transactions, and non-interest income from holders of the Bank’s credit cards. The majority of the Company’s non-interest expenses are operating costs that relate to providing a full range of banking services to our customers.
24
Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin
The level of net interest income depends on several factors in combination, including earning assets, yields on earning assets, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and the relative volumes of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. To maintain its net interest margin, the Bank must manage the relationship between interest earned and interest paid.
The following Distribution, Rate and Yield table presents the average amounts outstanding for the major categories of the Company’s balance sheet, the average interest rates earned or paid thereon, and the resulting net interest margin on average interest earning assets for the periods indicated. Average balances are based on monthly averages.
Distribution, Rate and Yield
| Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Average
Balance |
Interest
Earned/ Paid |
Average
Yield/ Rate |
Average
Balance |
Interest
Earned/ Paid |
Average
Yield/ Rate |
Average
Balance |
Interest
Earned/ Paid |
Average
Yield/ Rate |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest earning deposits in banks¹ |
$ | 96,831 | $ | 274 | 0.28 | % | $ | 83,579 | $ | 326 | 0.39 | % | $ | 75,320 | $ | 422 | 0.56 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Federal Funds sold |
4,583 | 6 | 0.13 | % | 5,000 | 6 | 0.12 | % | 6,667 | 9 | 0.13 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Investment Securities² |
290,447 | 4,934 | 1.70 | % | 298,993 | 5,671 | 1.90 | % | 264,634 | 5,834 | 2.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans³ |
830,310 | 58,384 | 7.03 | % | 743,759 | 56,275 | 7.57 | % | 635,176 | 45,015 | 7.09 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total earning assets |
1,222,171 | 63,598 | 5.20 | % | 1,131,331 | 62,278 | 5.50 | % | 981,797 | 51,280 | 5.22 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Noninterest earning assets |
67,473 | 79,809 | 82,536 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Assets |
$ | 1,289,644 | $ | 1,211,140 | $ | 1,064,333 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest-bearing checking accounts |
$ | 119,815 | $ | 171 | 0.14 | % | $ | 106,616 | $ | 252 | 0.24 | % | $ | 86,177 | $ | 206 | 0.24 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Money market and savings accounts |
706,527 | 4,323 | 0.61 | % | 660,080 | 4,681 | 0.71 | % | 536,905 | 4,689 | 0.87 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Certificates of deposit |
54,078 | 226 | 0.42 | % | 57,967 | 215 | 0.37 | % | 72,455 | 289 | 0.40 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other borrowings |
1,666 | 80 | 4.80 | % | 10,223 | 399 | 3.90 | % | 10,833 | 431 | 3.98 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
882,086 | 4,800 | 0.54 | % | 834,886 | 5,547 | 0.66 | % | 706,370 | 5,615 | 0.79 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Non-interest bearing liabilities |
313,127 | 283,174 | 270,816 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Liabilities |
1,195,213 | 1,118,060 | 977,186 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stockholders’ equity |
94,431 | 93,080 | 87,147 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity |
$ | 1,289,644 | $ | 1,211,140 | $ | 1,064,333 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net interest income |
$ | 58,798 | $ | 56,731 | $ | 45,665 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest rate spread |
4.66 | % | 4.84 | % | 4.43 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net interest margin |
4.81 | % | 5.01 | % | 4.65 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | Includes interest bearing deposit balances we maintain with other financial institutions and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. |
| 2 | Includes all investment securities in the Available-for-Sale and the Held-to-Maturity classifications. |
| 3 | Includes average balances of non-accrual loans. |
The Distribution, Rate and Yield table above sets forth the dollar amounts in interest earned and paid for each major category of interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the noted periods, as well as their respective yields and costs, and the resulting interest rate spreads and net interest margins.
The Bank’s net interest margin, expressed as a percentage of average earning assets, was 4.81% for 2013, down 20 basis points from 5.01% for 2012, even though average earning assets increased by 8.0% during the year, from $1.1 billion in 2012 to $1.2 billion in 2013. The primary reason for the decrease in the net interest margin was that, although average loan balances increased by $86.6 million, or 11.6%, the average yield on the entire loan portfolio decreased by 54 basis points so that interest earnings on loans increased by only $2.1 million, or 3.7%. Re-pricing of existing loans to lower interest rates during 2013, as well as new loans made in a more competitive environment, caused the decrease in the average yield on the loan portfolio. Yields on interest earning deposits in other banks and investment securities decreased by 11 basis points and 20 basis points, respectively, also contributing to the overall 30 basis point decline in the yield on average earning assets from 2012 to 2013. Average total interest-bearing liabilities increased by
25
5.7% during 2013, to $882.1 million from $834.9 million the previous year, yet the cost of deposits and other borrowings decreased by 12 basis points, to 0.54% in 2013 from 0.66% in 2012, principally as a result of a reduction in the interest rate paid on consumer savings deposits.
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased $2.1 million, to $58.8 million, compared to $56.7 million a year earlier, primarily due to an increase in interest income derived from the growth in average loan balances, supplemented by a reduction in interest paid on money market and savings deposits and other borrowings, partially offset by a reduction in income from investment securities. Net interest income for 2012 increased by $11.0 million from 2011, primarily due to an increase in interest income derived from the increase in average loan balances, coupled with an increase in income from investment securities and the reduction in interest paid on interest-bearing deposits. The Bank’s net interest margin was 5.01% in 2012, compared to 4.65% in 2011, an increase of 36 basis points.
A substantial portion of the Bank’s earning assets are variable-rate loans that re-price when the Bank’s reference rate, usually the New York prime lending rate, is changed. This is in contrast to a large base of core deposits that are generally slower to re-price. This causes the Bank’s balance sheet to be asset-sensitive, which means that, all else being equal, net interest margin will be higher during periods when short-term interest rates are rising and lower when rates are falling. However, because the interest rate on our personal savings accounts is higher than our competitors’, we will not necessarily have to raise rates on that portion of our core deposits as general market interest rates increase, mitigating the sensitivity of our net interest margin to rising interest rates.
Provision for Loan Losses
Credit risk is inherent in the lending business. The Bank establishes an allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings, which are shown in the statements of income as the provision for loan losses. Specifically identifiable and quantifiable known losses are promptly charged off against the allowance. The provision for loan losses is allocated monthly and evaluated quarterly through a determination of the adequacy of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, and reset if necessary, charging the shortfall, if any, to the current quarter’s expense. This has the effect of creating variability in the amount and frequency of charges to the Bank’s earnings. The provision for loan losses and level of allowance for each period are dependent upon many factors, including loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies, management’s assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio, the valuation of problem loans and the general economic conditions in the Bank’s market area.
For 2013, the Bank had a provision for loan losses of $2.1 million, compared to a provision for loan losses of $3.9 million for 2012 and $4.6 million for 2011. The 2013 provision is deemed by management to provide a sufficient allowance for loan losses due to net losses during the year, as well as to maintain the allowance at a level that is adequate to absorb all reasonably expected future losses and to reflect management’s perception of risk in the existing loan portfolio, as well as improvements in the quality of that portfolio and more successful collection efforts. The decrease in the 2012 provision for loan losses compared to 2011 reflects a better than expected risk profile and overall performance of the loan portfolio, as well as management’s reassessment of economic conditions.
The allowance for loan losses represented 1.38%, 1.60% and 1.50% of total loans at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Provisions for loan losses are charged to operating income to bring the allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by the Bank based on the factors discussed under “ Allowance for Loan Losses ”.
Non-interest income
The following table sets forth the various components of the Company’s non-interest income:
| Year Ended December 31, |
Increase (decrease)
2013 versus 2012 |
Increase (decrease)
2012 versus 2011 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Service charges and fees |
$ | 4,416 | $ | 4,118 | $ | 4,097 | $ | 298 | 7 | % | $ | 21 | 1 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Investment securities gains, net |
627 | 1,351 | 1,342 | (724 | ) | (54 | )% | 9 | 1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Gain on sale of assets |
0 | 0 | 1,058 | 0 | 0 | % | (1,058 | ) | (100 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Income from merchants |
2,365 | 2,233 | 1,252 | 132 | 6 | % | 981 | 78 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Income from cardholders |
971 | 1,260 | 1,617 | (289 | ) | (23 | )% | (357 | ) | (22 | )% | |||||||||||||||||
|
Trustee fees |
616 | 811 | 698 | (195 | ) | (24 | )% | 113 | 16 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other income |
2,697 | 2,794 | 2,533 | (97 | ) | (3 | )% | 261 | 10 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Total non-interest income |
$ | 11,692 | $ | 12,567 | $ | 12,597 | $ | (875 | ) | (7 | )% | $ | (30 | ) | (0 | )% | ||||||||||||
Total non-interest income in 2013 was $875 thousand, or 7%, lower than in 2012, primarily because of a sharp decrease of $724 thousand, or 54%, in net investment securities gains due to the effect of rising market interest rates on securities’ market prices, a $289 thousand decrease in income from cardholders and a $195 thousand decline in trustee fees, all partially offset by a $298 thousand
26
increase in service charges and fees, and a $132 thousand increase in income from merchants. The proportional composition of non-interest income remained relatively constant, except that service charges and fees increased from 33% to 38% of the total while net investment securities gains decreased from 11% to 5% of the total. Other sources of non-interest income include loan servicing fees and income from the Bank-owned life insurance policies. Total non-interest income in 2012 was almost exactly the same as in 2011, but its composition changed due to there being a reduction of $1.1 million in the gain on the sale of assets, to zero, and a $357 thousand decrease in income from cardholders. These decreases were principally offset by a $981 thousand increase in income from merchants and a $261 thousand increase in other income.
Non-interest expense
The following table sets forth the various components of the Company’s non-interest expense:
| 2013 vs. 2012 | 2012 vs. 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 |
$
Variance |
%
Variance |
2011 |
$
Variance |
%
Variance |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Non-Interest Expense: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Salaries & employee benefits |
$ | 25,476 | $ | 25,554 | $ | (78 | ) | (0.3 | )% | $ | 23,095 | $ | 2,459 | 10.6 | % | |||||||||||||
|
Occupancy |
6,857 | 6,250 | 607 | 9.7 | % | 6,008 | 242 | 4.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Furniture & equipment |
6,086 | 6,229 | (143 | ) | (2.3 | )% | 4,953 | 1,276 | 25.8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Insurance |
1,678 | 1,750 | (72 | ) | (4.1 | )% | 1,710 | 40 | 2.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Telecommunications |
1,441 | 1,528 | (87 | ) | (5.7 | )% | 1,242 | 286 | 23.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
FDIC insurance assessment |
1,381 | 1,023 | 358 | 35.0 | % | 1,189 | (166 | ) | (14.0 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Professional services |
1,328 | 1,596 | (268 | ) | (16.8 | )% | 848 | 748 | 88.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Contract services |
1,296 | 1,356 | (60 | ) | (4.4 | )% | 1,076 | 280 | 26.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other real estate owned |
1,143 | 147 | 996 | 677.6 | % | 217 | (70 | ) | (32.3 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Stationery & supplies |
724 | 864 | (140 | ) | (16.2 | )% | 812 | 52 | 6.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Training & education |
687 | 639 | 48 | 7.5 | % | 750 | (111 | ) | (14.8 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
General, administrative & other |
6,350 | 6,418 | (68 | ) | (1.1 | )% | 5,253 | 1,165 | 22.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Non-Interest Expenses |
$ | 54,447 | $ | 53,354 | $ | 1,093 | 2.0 | % | $ | 47,153 | $ | 6,201 | 13.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
Non-interest expense by Category. The following table indicates the percentage of non-interest expense in each category:
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount |
Percent
of Total |
Amount |
Percent
of Total |
Amount |
Percent
of Total |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Non-Interest Expense: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Salaries & employee benefits |
$ | 25,476 | 47 | % | $ | 25,554 | 48 | % | $ | 23,095 | 49 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Occupancy |
6,857 | 13 | % | 6,250 | 12 | % | 6,008 | 13 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
Furniture & equipment |
6,086 | 11 | % | 6,229 | 12 | % | 4,953 | 10 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
Insurance |
1,678 | 3 | % | 1,750 | 3 | % | 1,710 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
Telecommunications |
1,441 | 3 | % | 1,528 | 3 | % | 1,242 | 3 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
FDIC insurance assessment |
1,381 | 3 | % | 1,023 | 2 | % | 1,189 | 3 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
Professional services |
1,328 | 2 | % | 1,596 | 3 | % | 848 | 2 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
Contract services |
1,296 | 2 | % | 1,356 | 2 | % | 1,076 | 2 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
Other real estate owned |
1,143 | 2 | % | 147 | 0 | % | 217 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
Stationery & supplies |
724 | 1 | % | 864 | 2 | % | 812 | 2 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
Training & education |
687 | 1 | % | 639 | 1 | % | 750 | 1 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
General, administrative & other |
6,350 | 12 | % | 6,418 | 12 | % | 5,253 | 11 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total Non-Interest Expenses |
$ | 54,447 | 100 | % | $ | 53,354 | 100 | % | $ | 47,153 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||
Non-interest expense totaled $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of nearly $1.1 million from $53.4 million in 2012. This increase is primarily attributed to the $996 thousand increase in expenses related to other real estate owned, due in part to a property in California. In addition, occupancy expense increased by $607 thousand, along with a $358 thousand increase in our FDIC insurance assessment. These increases were partially offset by the $268 thousand decrease in professional services expense, a $143 thousand decline in furniture and equipment expense and a $140 thousand reduction in stationery and supplies expense.
27
In 2012 total, non-interest expense increased by $6.2 million to $53.4 million, as compared to $47.2 million in 2011. This increase is primarily attributed to the $2.5 million increase in salaries and employee benefits expense, due to a moderate increase in staffing and merit raises granted to personnel. In addition, furniture and equipment expense increased by $1.3 million, along with a $1.2 million increase in general, administrative and other expenses, and a $748 thousand increase in professional services expense. These increases were partially offset by the $166 thousand decrease in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessment and a $111 thousand reduction in training and education cost.
Income Tax Expense
The Company computes its provision for income taxes on a monthly basis. The effective tax rate is determined by applying the Bank’s statutory income tax rate to pre-tax book income, as adjusted for permanent differences between pre-tax book income and actual taxable income. These permanent differences include, but are not limited to, tax-exempt interest income, increases in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies, certain expenses that are not allowed as tax deductions, and tax credits.
The Bank pays income taxes in Guam and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands under a territorial “mirror” of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, with payments made to the respective territorial governments instead of the U.S. Treasury; there is no equivalent of a state income tax in either of these jurisdictions. The Bank also pays taxes to the governments of the Republic of Palau, the Federated States of Micronesia, the Republic of the Marshall Islands and the State of California. The Bank’s territorial and state income tax expense in 2013 was $4.1 million, as compared to an income tax expense of $3.4 million in 2012 and $758 thousand in 2011.
The difference in the effective tax rate compared to the combined territorial, foreign and state statutory tax rates of 34% is primarily the result of the Bank’s portfolio of tax-exempt loans to the government of Guam totaling $28.7 million and $32.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Some items of income and expense are recognized in different years for tax purposes than when applying generally accepted accounting principles, leading to timing differences between the Bank’s actual tax liability and the amount accrued for this liability based on book income. These temporary differences comprise the “deferred” portion of the Bank’s tax expense or benefit, which is accumulated on the Bank’s books as a deferred tax asset or deferred tax liability until such time as they reverse. At the end of 2013 and 2012, the Bank had a net deferred tax asset of $6.6 million.
Realization of the net deferred tax assets is primarily dependent upon the Bank generating sufficient taxable income to obtain a benefit from the reversal of net deductible temporary differences, utilization of tax credit carry-forwards and the net operating loss carry-forwards for Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and California state income tax purposes. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable is subject to adjustment in future periods based on estimates of future taxable income. Under generally accepted accounting principles, a valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is “more likely than not” that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of whether the deferred tax assets will actually be realized is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, including forecasts of future income, cumulative losses, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions.
In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013, based on these factors, the Bank believed that it was more likely than not that the Bank will realize only $6.6 million of the benefits of these deductible differences. Therefore, a valuation allowance of $2.0 million for deferred tax asset was recorded at December 31, 2013.
In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012, the Bank believed that it was more likely than not that the Bank will realize only $3.7 million of the benefits of these deductible differences. Therefore, a valuation allowance of $2.4 million for deferred tax asset was recorded at December 31, 2012.
Financial Condition
As of December 31, 2013, total assets were $1.29 billion, an increase of 6.2% from $1.21 billion at December 31, 2012. Total securities available-for-sale (at fair value) were $182.8 million, a decrease of 33.2% from $273.5 million at December 31, 2012. The total loan portfolio, net of allowance for loan losses and deferred fees, was $860.9 million, an increase of 15.0% from $748.8 million at year-end 2012. Total deposits were $1.18 billion, an increase of 7.3% from $1.10 billion at year-end 2012. In addition, the Bank had no short-term borrowings at December 31, 2013, as all $10.1 million in short-term borrowings at December 31, 2012, were paid off during the year.
28
Securities Portfolio
The following table reflects the estimated fair value of Available-for-Sale securities and the amortized cost of Held-to-Maturity securities, for each category for the past two years:
Investment Portfolio
| December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
|
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
|
Securities Available-for-Sale |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
54,733 | 122 | (563 | ) | 54,292 | |||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
130,411 | 112 | (1,983 | ) | 128,540 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 185,144 | $ | 234 | $ | (2,546 | ) | $ | 182,832 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Securities Held-to-Maturity |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities |
$ | 32,824 | $ | 0 | $ | (515 | ) | $ | 32,309 | |||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
$ | 1,641 | $ | 24 | $ | (12 | ) | $ | 1,653 | |||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
54,524 | 920 | (586 | ) | 54,858 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 88,989 | $ | 944 | $ | (1,113 | ) | $ | 88,820 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
|
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
|
Securities Available-for-Sale |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities |
$ | 59,923 | $ | 360 | $ | (138 | ) | $ | 60,145 | |||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
73,663 | 275 | (140 | ) | 73,798 | |||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
137,282 | 2,449 | (152 | ) | 139,579 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 270,868 | $ | 3,084 | $ | (430 | ) | $ | 273,522 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Securities Held-to-Maturity |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
$ | 1,966 | $ | 45 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 2,008 | |||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
56,159 | 2,054 | 0 | 58,213 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 58,125 | $ | 2,099 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 60,221 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2013, are shown below.
| December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
| Available-for-Sale | Held-to-Maturity | |||||||||||||||
|
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
|
Due within one year |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 37 | $ | 38 | ||||||||
|
Due after one but within five years |
5,084 | 5,196 | 565 | 600 | ||||||||||||
|
Due after five years |
180,060 | 177,636 | 88,387 | 88,182 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 185,144 | $ | 182,832 | $ | 88,989 | $ | 88,820 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The securities portfolio is the second largest component of the Bank’s interest earning assets, and the structure and composition of this portfolio is important to an analysis of the financial condition of the Bank and the Company. The portfolio serves the following purposes: (i) it provides a source of pledged assets for securing certain deposits and borrowed funds, as may be required by law or by specific agreement with a depositor or lender; (ii) it can be used as an interest rate risk management tool, since it provides a large base of assets, the maturity and interest rate characteristics of which can be changed more readily than the loan portfolio to better match changes in the deposit base and other funding sources of the Bank; and (iii) it is an alternative interest earning use of funds when loan demand is weak or when deposits grow more rapidly than loans.
29
Sixty-seven percent of the Bank’s securities at December 31, 2013, were classified under existing accounting rules as “Available-for-Sale” to allow flexibility in the management of the portfolio. Accounting guidance requires Available-for-Sale securities to be marked to fair market value, with an offset to other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity, recorded on a quarterly basis. The remaining 33% of the investment portfolio was in Held-to-Maturity securities, which the Bank is willing and believes it will be able to retain until they mature, and is recorded on an amortized cost basis.
The Bank’s portfolio has historically been comprised primarily of: (i) U.S. Government sponsored entities’ debt securities for liquidity and pledging; (ii) mortgage-backed securities, which in many instances can also be used for pledging, and which generally enhance the yield of the portfolio; (iii) municipal obligations, which provide tax free income and limited pledging potential; and (iv) collateralized mortgage obligations, which generally enhance the yield of the portfolio. Since the downgrade of many municipal obligations and their respective insurers in the past few years, the Bank no longer holds municipal bonds, but may do so again when markets become more stable.
Compared to December 31, 2012, the Bank’s securities portfolio decreased by $59.8 million to 21% of total assets at December 31, 2013, from 27% at December 31, 2012. The Bank decreased its holding of mortgage-back securities by $12.7 million to $183.1 million at December 31, 2013, from $195.7 million at December 31, 2012. During the same period, the Bank’s holdings of U.S. government agency pool securities decreased by $19.8 million, to $55.9 million, and its holdings of U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise debt securities decreased by $27.3 million. The Bank has not used interest rate swaps or other derivative instruments to hedge fixed rate loans or securities to otherwise mitigate interest rate risk.
Loans
The Bank’s loans represent the largest portion of earning assets, substantially greater than the securities portfolio or any other asset category, and the quality and diversification of the loan portfolio is an important consideration when assessing the financial condition of the Bank and the Company.
Gross loans represented 67.5% of total assets at December 31, 2013, as compared to 63.0% at December 31, 2012. The ratio of gross loans to deposits increased to 74.0% at the end of 2013 from 69.2% at the end of 2012. Demand for loans has strengthened within the Bank’s Guam and California markets due to the improving economic environment, but the Bank has remained selective with respect to the types of loans it chooses to originate. However, the purchase of $100.3 million in mortgage and consumer loans from Wells Fargo Financial in December 2011 helped the Bank to grow its loan portfolio substantially during that year, and $77.6 million of those loans remained on the Bank’s books at December 31, 2013. Increased lending activity in the San Francisco area has also helped to expand the Bank’s loan portfolio.
The Loan Distribution table that follows sets forth the Bank’s gross loans outstanding, deferred fee income amortized over the life of some loans, the allowance for loan losses and the percentage distribution in each loan category at the dates indicated.
Loan Distribution
| December 31, 2013 | December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
| Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial & Industrial |
$ | 183,364 | 21.0 | % | $ | 138,951 | 18.2 | % | ||||||||
|
Commercial Mortgage |
380,454 | 43.4 | % | 314,462 | 41.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
Commercial Construction |
697 | 0.1 | % | 3,908 | 0.5 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total Commercial |
564,515 | 64.5 | % | 457,321 | 59.9 | % | ||||||||||
|
Consumer: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
152,757 | 17.5 | % | 164,774 | 21.6 | % | ||||||||||
|
Home Equity |
1,039 | 0.1 | % | 1,211 | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
Automobile |
7,269 | 0.8 | % | 8,227 | 1.1 | % | ||||||||||
|
Other Consumer Loans 1 |
149,593 | 17.1 | % | 131,412 | 17.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total Consumer |
310,658 | 35.5 | % | 305,624 | 40.1 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Gross loans |
875,173 | 100.0 | % | 762,945 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Deferred loan fees, net |
(2,213 | ) | (1,885 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
Allowance for loan losses |
(12,077 | ) | (12,228 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loans, net |
$ | 860,883 | $ | 748,832 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| 1 | Comprised of other revolving and installment credit and overdrafts. |
30
The Bank’s loan portfolio is concentrated in commercial loans (which include loans to governments), primarily in commercial real estate, hotels and gas stations, with the balance in working capital and equipment financing. These are followed by residential mortgages and other consumer loans. The increase in the Bank’s loan portfolio in 2013 was due to customary loan activity throughout our markets, the addition of several significant commercial loans in both the San Francisco and Guam regions, and consumer loan promotions. The Bank’s gross loans were concentrated in Guam, San Francisco and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, at 95.2% as of December 31, 2013, compared to 94.5% as of December 31, 2012. The only industry concentration that was considered significant at December 31, 2013, was within our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
The Bank’s commercial loans are made for working capital, financing the purchase of equipment or for other business purposes. Commercial loans include loans with maturities ranging from thirty days to one year and “term loans” with maturities normally ranging from three to ten years. Short- term business loans are generally intended to finance current transactions and typically provide for periodic principal payments, with interest payable monthly. Term loans normally carry floating interest rates, with monthly payments of both principal and interest, but may be amortized over a longer period than the term of the loan, with a balloon payment at the end of the term.
The Bank is an active participant in the SBA, SSBCI and U.S. Department of Agriculture guaranteed lending programs, and has been approved by the SBA as a lender under the Preferred and Patriot Express Lender Programs. The Bank regularly makes such guaranteed loans and is often recognized as the largest originator of SBA loans in Guam.
As of December 31, 2013, commercial and residential real estate loans of $534.9 million consist primarily of adjustable and fixed rate loans secured by deeds of trust or mortgages on commercial and residential property, and comprised 61.1% of the total loan portfolio. The Bank’s commercial mortgages at December 31, 2013, consist of $380.5 million, or 43.4% of gross loans. Commercial construction loans comprise $697 thousand, or 0.1%, of gross loans. Residential mortgages were $153.8 million, or 17.6%, of gross loans. Properties securing the commercial and residential real estate loans are located in the Bank’s primary markets, which include the San Francisco Bay area.
The Bank’s commercial real estate loans consist primarily of loans based on the borrower’s cash flow and are secured by deeds of trust or mortgages on commercial and residential property to provide a secondary source of repayment. The Bank generally restricts commercial real estate term loans to no more than the lower of 75% of the property’s appraised value or the purchase price of the property during the initial underwriting of the credit, depending on the type of property and its utilization. The Bank offers both fixed and floating rate loans. Maturities on commercial real estate loans are generally five years (with amortization up to twenty-five years and a balloon payment due at maturity), and maturities on residential mortgage loans are typically between 15 and 30 years, with many of those loans sold to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation with the retention of servicing rights. SBA and certain other real estate loans that can be sold in the secondary market may be granted for longer maturities.
The Bank’s construction loans primarily finance the development and construction of commercial and residential properties. The Bank uses underwriting guidelines to assess the likelihood of repayment from sources such as sale of the property or availability of permanent mortgage financing prior to making the construction loan. Construction loans decreased $3.2 million to $697 thousand at December 31, 2013, from $3.9 million at December 31, 2012.
Additionally, the Bank makes consumer loans for the purpose of financing automobiles, various types of consumer goods, and other personal purposes. Consumer loans generally provide for the monthly payment of principal and interest. Most of the Bank’s consumer loans are either unsecured, secured by the personal property being purchased or, in the instances of home equity loans, real property.
At December 31, 2013, total gross loans increased by $112.2 million, or 14.7%, to $875.2 million from $762.9 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in loans was largely attributed to a $107.2 million increase in commercial loans to $564.5 million at December 31, 2013, from $457.3 million at December 31, 2012. This was due to several large loans originated in California and in Guam. By category, the increase in commercial loans was due to a $66.0 million growth in the commercial mortgage portfolio, supplemented by a $44.4 million increase in commercial & industrial loans, which were partially offset by a $3.2 million decrease in commercial construction loans. The increase in commercial loans was supplemented by a $5.0 million increase in consumer loans to $310.7 million at December 31, 2013, up from $305.6 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in consumer loans was principally due to growth of $18.2 million in other consumer loans as a result of pre-approved loans and a holiday loan promotion. The growth of other consumer loans was offset by a $12 million decrease in residential mortgages, due to principal paydowns, payoffs and refinancing with the federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation in response to favorable interest rates, as well as a $958 thousand reduction in automobile loans and $172 thousand less in home equity loan balances.
At December 31, 2013, loans outstanding were comprised of approximately 65.42% variable rate loans and 34.58% fixed rate loans.
31
Since it first opened in 1972, the Bank has expanded its operations and its branch network, first in Guam, then in the other islands of our region and in San Francisco, California. In the interests of enhancing performance and stability through market and industry diversification, the Bank has increased its focus on growth in the San Francisco area in recent years, adding personnel with experience and expertise in the Bay Area. The following table provides figures for loans in the Bank’s administrative regions for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013:
| At December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | ||||||||||
|
Guam |
$ | 530,959 | $ | 498,728 | $ | 550,380 | ||||||
|
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands |
$ | 71,190 | $ | 65,703 | $ | 66,252 | ||||||
|
The Freely Associated States of Micronesia * |
$ | 38,742 | $ | 40,618 | $ | 41,030 | ||||||
|
California |
$ | 87,307 | $ | 143,783 | $ | 203,221 | ||||||
|
Total |
$ | 728,198 | $ | 748,832 | $ | 860,883 | ||||||
| * | The Freely Associated States are comprised of the Federated States of Micronesia (Chuuk, Kosrae, Pohnpei and Yap), the Republic of Palau and the Republic of the Marshall Islands. |
As the table indicates, the Bank’s total loans increased by 15.0% during 2013 and by 2.8% during 2012. By way of comparison, loans in the California region increased by 41.3% during 2013 and by 64.7% in 2012. While the Bank’s overall loan portfolio continues to grow, the California region accounted for over half of that growth during 2013, and nearly 90% of loan growth for the two years ended December 31, 2013, providing support for the expansion of the Bank.
Loan Maturities
The following table presents the maturity distribution of the Bank’s loans as of December 31, 2013. The table shows the distribution of such loans between those loans with predetermined (fixed) interest rates and those with variable (floating) interest rates. Floating rates generally fluctuate with changes in the New York prime rate, as reflected in The Wall Street Journal, and the Bank of Guam prime rate.
Loan Maturities
| At December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
Due in Less
Than 1 Year |
Due in More Than
1 Year But Less Than 5 Years |
Due in More
Than 5 Years |
Non-Accrual | Total | ||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial loans |
$ | 9,413 | $ | 268,888 | $ | 279,526 | $ | 6,688 | $ | 564,515 | ||||||||||
|
Residential Mortgages |
1,459 | 10,531 | 135,394 | 6,412 | 153,796 | |||||||||||||||
|
Consumer Loans |
18,116 | 136,194 | 2,357 | 195 | 156,862 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 28,988 | $ | 415,613 | $ | 417,277 | $ | 13,295 | $ | 875,173 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Variable rate loans |
$ | 9,782 | $ | 232,694 | $ | 320,810 | $ | 9,289 | $ | 572,575 | ||||||||||
|
Fixed rate loans |
19,206 | 182,919 | 96,467 | 4,006 | 302,598 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 28,988 | $ | 415,613 | $ | 417,277 | $ | 13,295 | $ | 875,173 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loan Servicing
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were $208.6 million and $197.2 million, respectively, in Freddie Mac loans that were serviced by the Bank.
Loan servicing rights are included in Accrued Interest Receivable and Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets and reported net of amortization. There was no valuation allowance as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, as the fair market value of the assets was greater than the carrying value.
Nonperforming Assets
Financial institutions generally have a certain level of exposure to credit quality risk, and could potentially receive less than a full return of principal and interest if a debtor becomes unable or unwilling to repay. Since loans are the most significant assets of the Bank and generate the largest portion of its revenues, the Bank’s management of credit risk is focused primarily on loan quality.
32
Banks have generally suffered their most severe earnings declines as a result of customers’ inability to generate sufficient cash flow to service their debts, and/or downturns in national and regional economies and declines in overall asset values, including real estate prices.
The Bank’s credit policies identify allowable geographic credit concentrations. In addition, these policies establish the Bank’s underwriting standards and the methods of monitoring credit quality on an ongoing basis. The Bank’s internal credit risk controls are focused on underwriting practices, credit originating procedures, training, risk management techniques, and familiarity with loan customers, as well as the relative diversity and geographic concentration of our loan portfolio.
The Bank’s credit risk may also be affected by external factors, such as the level of interest rates, employment, general economic conditions, real estate values, and trends in particular industries or geographic markets. As an independent community bank serving a specific geographic area, the Bank must contend with the unpredictable changes in the general regional market and, particularly, primary local markets. The Bank’s asset quality has been affected in the past by the impact of national and regional recessions, consumer bankruptcies, and depressed real estate values.
Nonperforming assets are comprised of the following: loans for which the Bank is no longer accruing interest; restructured loans; loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest (although they are generally placed on non-accrual when they become 90 days past due, unless they are both well-secured and in the process of revision or collection); and other real estate owned (“OREO”) from foreclosures. Management’s classification of a loan as “non-accrual” is an indication that there is reasonable doubt as to the full recovery of principal or interest on the loan. At that point, the Bank stops accruing interest income, and reverses any uncollected interest that had previously been accrued. The Bank begins recognizing interest income again only as cash interest payments are received and it has been determined the collection of all outstanding principal is no longer in doubt. These loans may or may not be collateralized, and collection efforts are pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some change in financial status causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms and where the Bank believes the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and make full repayment. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar means that management is offering or will offer for sale. Total OREO, net of OREO reserves, was $4.61 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $4.38 million at December 31, 2012.
33
Nonperforming Assets
The following table provides nonperforming assets by asset type as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| (Dollars in Thousands) | ||||||||
|
Nonperforming Assets: |
||||||||
|
Non-accrual Loans past due 30 days or more |
$ | 10,343 | $ | 13,242 | ||||
|
Loans past due 90 days or more still accruing |
907 | 2,478 | ||||||
|
Restructured Loans past due 30 days – not included above |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Other Real Estate Owned, gross |
4,610 | 4,527 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total Nonperforming Assets |
$ | 15,860 | $ | 20,247 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following table provides nonperforming loans by loan type:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| (Dollars in Thousands) | ||||||||
|
Nonperforming Loans: |
||||||||
|
Commercial: |
||||||||
|
Commercial & Industrial |
$ | 355 | $ | 685 | ||||
|
Commercial Mortgage |
4,727 | 6,009 | ||||||
|
Commercial Construction |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total Commercial |
5,082 | 6,694 | ||||||
|
Consumer: |
||||||||
|
Residential Mortgage |
5,153 | 7,729 | ||||||
|
Home Equity |
0 | 76 | ||||||
|
Automobile |
12 | 0 | ||||||
|
Other Consumer |
1,003 | 1,221 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total Consumer |
6,168 | 9,026 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total Nonperforming Loans |
$ | 11,250 | $ | 15,720 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Allowance for Loan Losses
The Bank maintains its allowance for loan losses at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb prospective credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature and volume of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, the level of certain classified and impaired loans, and economic conditions, along with their related impacts on specific borrowers and industry groups. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses, which are charged against earnings, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Because of uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, management’s estimate of potential credit losses in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change from time to time.
The Bank’s allowance for loan losses decreased by $151 thousand to $12.08 million in 2013 from $12.23 million in 2012. The decrease in the provision for loan losses in 2013 was primarily due to an improvement in the quality of the loan portfolio based on management’s periodic reevaluations of its inherent risk. Due to this improvement, the Bank decreased its monthly provision from $325 thousand to $300 thousand. The Bank had $4.1 million in charge-offs in 2013, which were offset by loan recoveries of $1.8 million.
Net loans charged-off includes the realization of losses in the portfolio that were partially recognized previously through provisions for loan losses and write-downs of loan principal valuations. Net charge-offs were $2.2 million in 2013, significantly less than the net charge-offs of $2.8 million in 2012, and the net charge-offs of $2.9 million in 2011. Historical net loan charge-offs are not necessarily indicative of the amount of net charge-offs that the Bank will realize in the future.
The table in Note 6 – Loans, under Credit Quality Indicators , provides a summary of the allocation of the allowance for loan losses for specific categories at the dates indicated. The allocation presented should not be interpreted as an indication that charges to the allowance for loan losses will be incurred in these amounts or proportions, or that the portion of the allowance allocated to each category represents the total amount available for charge-offs that may occur within these categories.
34
Allocation of Loan Loss Allowance
The material set forth in Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference.
Goodwill
On September 15, 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08 “ Testing Goodwill for Impairment ”, which gives entities testing goodwill for impairment the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of a reporting unit in Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test. Under this amendment, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying amount. The ASU is effective for all entities for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-08 is not expected to have a material impact on the Bank’s statements of income and condition.
Deposits
The composition and cost of the Bank’s deposit base are important components in analyzing the Bank’s net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity characteristics, both of which are discussed in greater detail in other sections in this report. The Bank’s liquidity is impacted by the volatility of deposits or other funding instruments or, in other words, by the propensity of that money to leave the institution for rate-related or other reasons. Deposits can be adversely affected if economic conditions in the Bank’s market area weaken. Potentially, the most volatile deposits in a financial institution are jumbo certificates of deposit, meaning time deposits with balances that equal or exceed $100,000, as customers with balances of that magnitude are typically more rate-sensitive than customers with smaller balances.
The following table summarizes the distribution of deposits for the periods indicated:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| (Dollars in Thousands) | ||||||||
|
Non-interest bearing deposits |
$ | 321,408 | $ | 279,322 | ||||
|
Interest bearing deposits |
||||||||
|
Demand deposits |
127,642 | 114,650 | ||||||
|
Regular Savings |
534,530 | 481,062 | ||||||
|
Time deposits: |
||||||||
|
$100,000 or more |
43,299 | 48,503 | ||||||
|
Less than $100,000 |
12,553 | 11,971 | ||||||
|
Other interest bearing deposits |
144,013 | 167,032 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total Interest bearing deposits |
862,037 | 823,218 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total Deposits |
$ | 1,183,445 | $ | 1,102,540 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The Bank gathers deposits from among the communities it serves. The Bank’s business is not generally seasonal in nature, and the Bank is not primarily dependent upon funds from sources outside the United States of America, but approximately 21.5% of its deposit base is acquired in the Micronesian islands that are politically organized in free association with the United States and use the U.S. dollar as their currency. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, 29.42% of deposits were from government sources, both domestic and foreign.
Non-interest and low interest-bearing demand deposits increased $55.1 million, or 14.0%, to $449.1 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $394.0 million at December 31, 2012.
35
As mentioned earlier, the Bank has expanded its operations and its branch network since it first opened in 1972, first in Guam, then in the other islands of our region and in San Francisco, California. As time has passed, the Bank has gathered market share in each of the islands. In recent years, in order to diversify its geographic market, the Bank has increased its focus on growth in the San Francisco area. The following table provides figures for deposits in the Bank’s administrative regions for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013:
| At December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | ||||||||||
|
Guam |
$ | 629,206 | $ | 640,893 | $ | 645,056 | ||||||
|
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands |
$ | 161,918 | $ | 180,220 | $ | 207,402 | ||||||
|
The Freely Associated States of Micronesia * |
$ | 193,485 | $ | 212,722 | $ | 254,900 | ||||||
|
California |
$ | 53,730 | $ | 68,705 | $ | 76,087 | ||||||
|
Total |
$ | 1,038,339 | $ | 1,102,540 | $ | 1,183,445 | ||||||
| * | The Freely Associated States are comprised of the Federated States of Micronesia (Chuuk, Kosrae, Pohnpei and Yap), the Republic of Palau and the Republic of the Marshall Islands. |
During 2013, deposits increased by a total of $80.9 million, of which $4.2 million, or 5.1%, was in the Bank’s Guam branches. Deposits increased in our Freely Associated States branches by $42.2 million and increased in our CNMI branches by $27.2 million. Overall, the Bank’s deposit base increased by 7.3% during 2013, and by 6.2% during 2012. In comparison, deposits grew in the California region by 10.7% in the year ended December 31, 2013, and by 41.6% during 2012. The California region accounted for 9.1% of total Bank deposit growth during 2013, and 23.3% of total deposit growth during 2012. The continuing growth of the California region’s deposit base has substantially supplemented the growth of the other administrative regions and of the whole Bank.
Deposit Maturity Distribution
At December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:
|
Year ending December 31, |
||||
|
2014 |
$ | 53,718 | ||
|
2015 |
947 | |||
|
2016 |
534 | |||
|
2017 |
272 | |||
|
2018 and Thereafter |
381 | |||
|
|
|
|||
|
Total |
$ | 55,852 | ||
|
|
|
|||
The Bank provides and services government and business deposit accounts that are frequently more than $100,000 in average balance per account. The account activity for some account types and client types necessitates appropriate liquidity management practices by the Bank to ensure its ability to fund withdrawals.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the normal course of business, the Bank makes commitments to extend credit to its customers as long as there are no violations of any conditions established in the associated contractual arrangements. These commitments are obligations that represent a potential credit risk to the Bank, yet are not reflected in any form within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Total unused commitments to extend credit were $121.6 million at December 31, 2013, as compared to $100.0 million at December 31, 2012. Unused commitments represented 12% and 13% of outstanding gross loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
36
The effect on the Bank’s revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide credit cannot be reasonably predicted, because there is no certainty that these lines of credit will ever be fully utilized, if at all. For more information regarding the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements, see Note 16 to the financial statements located elsewhere herein.
The following table presents the Bank’s commitments to extend credit for the periods indicated:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Commitments to extend credit |
$ | 121,618 | $ | 100,007 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Letters of credit |
||||||||
|
Standby letters of credit |
$ | 47,543 | $ | 26,178 | ||||
|
Other letters of credit |
2,582 | 3,030 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total Letters of credit |
$ | 50,125 | $ | 29,208 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Contractual Obligations
The Bank utilizes facilities, equipment and land under various operating leases with terms ranging from 1 to 99 years. Some of these leases include scheduled rent increases. The total amount of the rent is being debited to expense on the straight-line method over the lease terms in accordance with ASC Topic 840, “Leases ”. The Bank has recorded a deferred obligation of $760 thousand and $698 thousand as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which has been included within other liabilities, to reflect the excess of rent expense over cash paid on the leases.
At December 31, 2012, annual lease commitments under the above noncancelable operating leases were as follows:
|
Year ending December 31, |
||||
|
2014 |
$ | 1,457 | ||
|
2015 |
1,072 | |||
|
2016 |
886 | |||
|
2017 |
697 | |||
|
2018 and Thereafter |
19,046 | |||
|
|
|
|||
|
Total |
$ | 23,158 | ||
|
|
|
|||
The Bank leases certain facilities from two separate entities in which two of its directors have separate ownership interests. Lease payments made to these entities during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 approximated $370, $358 and $351, respectively.
Additionally, the Bank leases office space to third parties, with original lease terms ranging from 3 to 5 years with option periods ranging up to 15 years. At December 31, 2013, minimum future rents to be received under non-cancelable operating sublease agreements were $84, $40, $27 and $0 for the years ending December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
A summary of rental activities for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, is as follows:
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Rent expense |
$ | 2,343 | $ | 2,293 | $ | 2,309 | ||||||
|
Less sublease rentals |
268 | 257 | 254 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net rent expense |
$ | 2,075 | $ | 2,036 | $ | 2,055 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Liquidity and Asset/Liability Management
Liquidity refers to the Bank’s ability to maintain cash flows sufficient to fund operations and to meet obligations and other commitments in a timely and cost-effective fashion. At various times the Bank requires funds to meet short-term cash requirements brought about by loan growth or deposit outflows, the purchase of assets, or liability repayments. The Bank’s large base of core deposits is an integral part of its ability to manage its liquidity position appropriately. These core deposits are generated by offering traditional banking services in its service areas and have, historically, been a stable source of funds. To manage liquidity needs properly, cash inflows must be timed to coincide with anticipated outflows, or other sufficient liquid resources must be available to meet varying demands. The Bank manages cash and investment securities in order to be able to meet unexpected, sudden changes in levels of its assets or deposit liabilities without maintaining excessive amounts of balance sheet liquidity. Excess balance sheet
37
liquidity can negatively impact the Bank’s interest margin. In order to meet short-term liquidity needs, the Bank may utilize overnight Federal Funds purchases and other borrowing arrangements with correspondent banks, and use interest rate pricing to attract new deposits from local sources; it also maintains collateralized lines of credit with the FHLB and the FRB. In addition, the Bank can obtain cash for temporary needs by selling securities that it classifies as being Available-for-Sale.
At December 31, 2013, the Bank had an increase in loans of $112.2 million from December 31, 2012, but was able to improve its liquidity position due to the $80.1 million increase in its deposit base. One of the measures of liquidity is our loan-to-deposit ratio, which increased to 73.95% at December 31, 2013, compared to 69.20% at December 31, 2012.
FHLB, FRB and Other Borrowings and Available Lines of Credit
The Bank has off-balance sheet liquidity in the form of Federal Funds purchase arrangements with correspondent banks, as well as collateralized borrowing arrangements with the FHLB and the FRB. The Bank can borrow from the FHLB on a short-term (typically overnight) or long-term (more than one year) basis. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had no long-term borrowings, compared to $10.0 million in long-term borrowings from the FHLB of Seattle at December 31, 2012. The Bank had an available line of credit of $77.8 million with the FHLB of Seattle at December 31, 2013.
The Bank can also borrow from the FRB’s discount window. It had $25.7 million of investment securities pledged to the FRB San Francisco as collateral on an available line of credit of $24.9 million at December 31, 2013, none of which credit was outstanding.
At December 31, 2013, the Bank had arrangements for Federal Funds purchases of up to $17.0 million from three of its U.S. correspondent financial institutions. The Bank had no Federal Funds purchases outstanding at December 31, 2013 or 2012.
At December 31, 2013, the Company had no other borrowed funds, as compared to $145 thousand with its Board of Directors as of December 31, 2012.
Capital Resources
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the United States federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are also presented in the table.
| Actual Capital |
For Capital Adequacy
Purposes |
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||
|
As of December 31, 2013: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total capital |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(to Risk Weighted Assets) |
$ | 108,238 | 12.53 | % | $ | 69,114 | 8.00 | % | $ | 86,392 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 capital |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(to Risk Weighted Assets) |
$ | 97,563 | 11.43 | % | $ | 34,130 | 4.00 | % | $ | 51,195 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 capital |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(to Average Assets) |
$ | 97,563 | 7.60 | % | $ | 51,320 | 4.00 | % | $ | 64,151 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
As of December 31, 2012: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total capital |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(to Risk Weighted Assets) |
$ | 101,489 | 13.51 | % | $ | 60,094 | 8.00 | % | $ | 75,118 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 capital |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(to Risk Weighted Assets) |
$ | 92,206 | 12.43 | % | $ | 29,676 | 4.00 | % | $ | 44,514 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 capital |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(to Average Assets) |
$ | 92,206 | 7.40 | % | $ | 49,854 | 4.00 | % | $ | 62,317 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||
38
Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, fair values or cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is an attribute of all market risk sensitive financial instruments, including securities, loans, deposits and borrowings, as well as a company’s role as a financial intermediary in customer-related transactions. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of the company’s earnings and equity to loss, and to reduce the volatility inherent in certain types of financial instruments.
Interest Rate Risk Management
Market risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. The Bank’s market risk exposure is primarily that of interest rate risk, and it has established policies and procedures to monitor and limit earnings and balance sheet exposure to changes in interest rates. The Bank does not engage in the trading of financial instruments, and has only nominal direct exposure to currency exchange rate risk, but has indirect exposure to exchange rate risk because of the dominant position of foreign tourism in its primary markets.
The principal objective of interest rate risk management (often referred to as “asset/liability management”) is to manage the financial components of the Bank’s balance sheet, as well as their characteristics, in a manner that will optimize the risk/reward equation for earnings and capital in relation to changing interest rates. The Bank’s exposure to market risk is reviewed on a monthly basis by its Asset and Liability Committee. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while simultaneously maximizing income. Management realizes certain risks are inherent, and that the goal is to identify and manage those risks. Management uses two methodologies to manage interest rate risk: (i) a standard GAP analysis; and (ii) an interest rate shock simulation model.
The planning of asset and liability maturities is an integral part of the management of an institution’s net interest margin. To the extent that the maturities of assets and liabilities do not match in a changing interest rate environment, the net interest margin may change over time. Even with perfectly matched re-pricing of assets and liabilities, risks remain in the form of prepayment risk for some loans and securities, or in the form of risks of delays in the adjustment of interest rates applying to either earning assets with floating rates or to interest bearing liabilities. The Bank has generally been able to control its exposure to changing interest rates by maintaining a substantial proportion of its portfolio in floating interest rate loans and a majority of its time deposits with relatively short maturities.
Interest rate changes do not affect all categories of assets and liabilities equally or at the same time. Varying interest rate environments can create unexpected changes in prepayment levels of assets and liabilities, which may have a significant effect on the net interest margin and are not reflected in the interest sensitivity analysis table. Because of these factors, an interest sensitivity gap report may not provide a complete assessment of the exposure to changes in interest rates.
The Bank uses modeling software for asset/liability management in order to simulate the effects of potential interest rate changes on its net interest margin, and to calculate the estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments under different interest rate scenarios. The program utilizes current balances, interest rates, maturity dates and re-pricing information for individual financial instruments, and incorporates assumptions on the characteristics of embedded options along with pricing and duration for those instruments to project the effects of a given interest rate change on the Bank’s interest income and interest expense. Rate scenarios consisting of key rate and yield curve projections are run against the Bank’s investment, loan, deposit and borrowed funds portfolios. These rate projections can be shocked (an immediate and parallel change in all base rates, up or down) and ramped (with incremental increases or decreases in rates over a specified time period), based on current trends and forecasts, including stable economic conditions.
39
The following table sets forth the estimated changes in the Bank’s net interest income that would result from the designated instantaneous parallel shifts in interest rates noted, as of December 31, 2013. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. (Please note that, in the current interest rate environment, the reductions in rates presented in the analysis are unlikely to occur.)
|
Increase/(Decrease)
in Estimated Net Interest Income |
||||||||
| Amount | Percent | |||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||
|
Change in Interest Rates (basis points) |
||||||||
|
+400 |
$ | 76,241 | 25.56 | % | ||||
|
+300 |
$ | 72,238 | 18.97 | % | ||||
|
+200 |
$ | 68,409 | 12.67 | % | ||||
|
+100 |
$ | 64,620 | 6.42 | % | ||||
|
0 |
$ | 60,719 | 0.00 | % | ||||
|
-100 |
$ | 61,325 | 1.00 | % | ||||
|
-200 |
$ | 60,141 | (0.95 | )% | ||||
|
-300 |
$ | 59,028 | (2.79 | )% | ||||
|
-400 |
$ | 58,524 | (3.12 | )% | ||||
These data do not reflect any actions that we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates, such as changes in rates paid on certain deposit accounts based on local competitive factors, which could improve the actual impact on net interest income.
As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent to the methodology noted above. The model assumes interest rate changes are instantaneous, and result in parallel shifts in the yield curve. In reality, rate changes are rarely instantaneous. The use of the simplifying assumption that short-term and long-term rates change by the same degree also disregards historic rate change patterns, which rarely show parallel yield curve shifts. Further, the model assumes that certain assets and liabilities of similar maturity or period to re-pricing will react in the same way to changes in rates. In reality, certain types of financial instruments may react in advance of changes in market rates, while the reaction of other types of financial instruments may lag significantly behind the change in general market rates. Additionally, the methodology noted above does not reflect the full impact of annual and lifetime restrictions on changes in rates for certain assets, such as adjustable rate loans. When interest rates change, actual loan prepayments and actual early withdrawals from time certificates may deviate significantly from the assumptions used in the model. Finally, this methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan clients’ ability to service their debt. All of these factors are considered in less formulaic ways in monitoring the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risk.
Critical Accounting Policies
General
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (generally accepted accounting principles, or “GAAP”). The financial information contained within our consolidated financial statements is, to a significant extent, based on approximate measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained, either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset or relieving a liability. In certain instances, we use a discount factor and prepayment assumptions to determine the present value of assets and liabilities. A change in the discount factor or prepayment speeds could increase or decrease the values of those assets and liabilities, which would result in either a beneficial or adverse impact to our financial results. We use historical loss factors as one factor in determining the inherent loss that may be present in our loan portfolio. Actual losses could differ significantly from the historical factors that we use. Other estimates that we use are related to the realization of our deferred tax assets and the expected useful lives of our depreciable assets. In addition, GAAP itself may change from one previously acceptable method to another, although the economics of our transactions would remain the same.
Fair Value of Securities
In accordance with GAAP, the Bank revalues the Available-for-Sale component of its investment portfolio on a quarterly basis, and records any unrealized gain or loss as an adjustment to other comprehensive income in its equity accounts. Held-to-Maturity securities are recorded at their amortized book value. The Bank also evaluates whether any of its security holdings are Other Than Temporarily Impaired (“OTTI”), but has determined that, as of December 31, 2013, none of its securities are deemed to be OTTI.
40
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of the potential losses in our loan portfolio. Our accounting for estimated loan losses was previously discussed under the heading “ Allowance for Loan Losses ”.
Loan Sales and Servicing
The initial recording of servicing assets is based on the estimated fair values of the respective components. In recording the initial value of the servicing assets, the Bank uses estimates which are based upon management’s consideration of market participants’ expectations regarding the performance of the mortgage servicing rights, including cost of servicing, contractual income, future prepayment and discount rates.
Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, “ When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units With Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts ”, which requires entities that have one or more reporting units with a zero or negative carrying value to assess, considering qualitative factors, whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. If an entity concludes that it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, the entity must perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. The Company adopted the provisions of this ASU in preparing the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2011. The adoption of this ASU has had no impact on the Company’s statements of income and condition.
On September 15, 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08 “ Testing Goodwill for Impairment ”, which gives entities testing goodwill for impairment the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of a reporting unit in Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying amount. The ASU is effective for all entities for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-08 has not had a material impact on the Company’s statements of income and condition.
Deferred Tax Assets
Our net deferred income tax asset arises from temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities reported in the financial statements and the amounts used for income tax return purposes. Our accounting for Deferred Tax Assets was previously discussed under the heading “ Income Tax Expense ”.
| ITEM 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk |
As a financial institution, the Bank’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of the Bank’s assets and liabilities and the market value of all interest-earning assets, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Based upon the nature of the Bank’s operations, the Bank is not subject to significant direct foreign exchange or commodity price risks. The Bank has no market risk sensitive instruments, or any other financial instruments, that are held for trading purposes. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank did not use interest rate derivatives to hedge its interest rate risk.
The information concerning quantitative and qualitative disclosure or market risk called for by Item 305 of Regulation S-K is included as part of Item 7 of this Annual Report.
| ITEM 8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
The response to this item is submitted as a separate section of this Annual Report. See Part IV, Item 15.
| ITEM 9. | Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures |
None.
| ITEM 9A. | Controls and Procedures |
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
41
to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that any system of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only a reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures in selecting those that we adopted.
In accordance with SEC rules, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the effectiveness, as of December 31, 2013, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based upon that evaluation, we concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s Rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes those written policies and procedures that:
| • | pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; |
| • | provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; |
| • | provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and Board of Directors; and, |
| • | provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. |
Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices, and actions taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all potential misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “ Internal Control – Integrated Framework ” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design and the testing of the operational effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Based upon this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2013, there was no control deficiency or aggregation of deficiencies that constituted a material weakness, and that BankGuam Holding Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.
Management previously disclosed a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting in its annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, and on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, relating to our internal controls over the accounting and review of our 2001 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan, and the depreciation of the Bank’s headquarters building. To remediate these material weaknesses, management has modified its procedures and placed additional controls over the accounting practices and review of its stock-based compensation, and has engaged a third party to assist with the review of the timing difference of tax depreciation and depreciation recorded in accordance with GAAP. As a result of these actions, management of the Company believes these material weaknesses were satisfactorily remediated as of December 31, 2012.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2013, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC that permit the Company to provide only management’s assessment in this Annual Report.
42
| ITEM 9B. | Other Information |
None.
43
| ITEM 10. | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance |
Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information required by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2014 Proxy Statement”) under the sections entitled “Board of Directors – Nominees for Directors,” “Executive Compensation – Executive Officers,” “Board of Directors – Committees, Membership and Meetings,” “Corporate Governance – Code of Ethics” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”
| ITEM 11. | Executive Compensation |
The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our 2014 Proxy Statement under the sections entitled “Board of Directors – Committees, Membership and Meetings,” “Board of Directors – Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”
| ITEM 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our 2014 Proxy Statement under the sections entitled “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock” and “Executive Compensation – Equity Compensation Plan Information.”
| ITEM 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence |
The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our 2014 Proxy Statement under the sections entitled “Corporate Governance – Director Independence” and “Transactions with Related Persons.”
| ITEM 14. | Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our 2014 Proxy Statement under the section entitled “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
44
| ITEM 15. | Exhibits And Financial Statement Schedules |
(a)(1) Financial Statements
The following financial statements are part of this report:
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules to the Financial Statements are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the Financial Statements or accompanying notes.
(b) Exhibits
The exhibit list required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Exhibit Index included in this report.
45
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
| BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY | ||||
| BY: |
/s/ L OURDES A. L EON G UERRERO |
|||
| Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero | ||||
| DATE: March 17, 2014 | President and Chief Executive Officer | |||
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated:
|
Name |
Title |
Date |
||||
|
/s/ L OURDES A. L EON G UERRERO Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero |
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ F RANCISCO M. A TALIG Francisco M. Atalig |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ L ORI C. S ABLAN Lori C. Sablan |
Controller (Controller) |
March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ W ILLIAM D. L EON G UERRERO William D. Leon Guerrero |
Vice Chair of the Board, Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/ S / R OGER P. C ROUTHAMEL Roger P. Crouthamel |
Corporate Secretary and Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ M ARTIN D. L EON G UERRERO Martin D. Leon Guerrero |
Treasurer, Assistant Corporate Secretary and Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ P ATRICIA P. A DA Patricia P. Ada |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ F RANCES L.G. B ORJA Frances L.G. Borja |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ L UIS G. C AMACHO Luis G. Camacho, D.D.S., M.S. |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ J OAQUIN P.L.G. C OOK Joaquin P.L.G. Cook |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ J OSEPH C RISOSTOMO Joseph Crisostomo |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ R ALPH G. S ABLAN Ralph G. Sablan, M.D. |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
|
/s/ J OE T. S AN A GUSTIN Joe T. San Agustin |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||||
46
BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY
INDEX OF EXHIBITS
|
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
Incorporated By Reference | ||||||||||
| Form | Exhibit | Filing Date | Filed Herewith | |||||||||
| 9.01 |
Notice of Termination of Voting Trust Agreement dated February 13, 2014, effective November 28, 2013 |
X | ||||||||||
| 9.02 | [New] Voting Trust Agreement dated November 29, 2013 | X | ||||||||||
| 10.01 | Employment Agreement dated May 1, 2013 between the Bank and Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero | X | ||||||||||
| 10.02 | Employment Agreement dated June 27, 2013 between the Bank and William D. Leon Guerrero | X | ||||||||||
| 23.01 | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | X | ||||||||||
| 31.01 | Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act – Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero | X | ||||||||||
| 31.02 | Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act – Francisco M. Atalig | X | ||||||||||
| 32.01 | Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act | X | ||||||||||
| 101 | Interactive Data Files Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | X | ||||||||||
47
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
BankGuam Holding Company
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of BankGuam Holding Company and subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of BankGuam Holding Company and subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
|
/s/ Squar, Milner, Peterson, Miranda & Williamson, LLP |
|
Newport Beach, California March 17, 2014 |
48
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollar and Share Amounts in Thousands, Except Par Value)
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
|
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 27,142 | $ | 36,575 | ||||
|
Federal Funds sold |
5,000 | 5,000 | ||||||
|
Interest bearing deposits in banks |
64,441 | 32,614 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total cash and cash equivalents |
96,583 | 74,189 | ||||||
|
Restricted cash |
400 | 150 | ||||||
|
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value |
182,832 | 273,522 | ||||||
|
Investment securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost |
88,989 | 58,125 | ||||||
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost |
2,098 | 2,159 | ||||||
|
Loans, net allowance for loan losses of $12,077 and $12,228, respectively |
860,883 | 748,832 | ||||||
|
Accrued interest receivable |
4,013 | 3,599 | ||||||
|
Premises and equipment, net |
18,249 | 17,712 | ||||||
|
Goodwill |
783 | 783 | ||||||
|
Other assets |
28,178 | 32,310 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total assets |
$ | 1,283,008 | $ | 1,211,381 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
|
Liabilities: |
||||||||
|
Deposits: |
||||||||
|
Non-interest bearing |
$ | 321,408 | $ | 279,322 | ||||
|
Interest bearing |
862,037 | 823,218 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total deposits |
1,183,445 | 1,102,540 | ||||||
|
Accrued interest payable |
164 | 161 | ||||||
|
Borrowings |
0 | 10,145 | ||||||
|
Other liabilities |
5,544 | 4,111 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total liabilities |
1,189,153 | 1,116,957 | ||||||
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16) |
||||||||
|
Stockholders’ equity: |
||||||||
|
Common stock $0.2083 par value; 48,000 shares authorized; 8,834 and 8,814 shares issued and 8,802 and 8,782 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively |
1,840 | 1,844 | ||||||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
15,435 | 15,304 | ||||||
|
Retained earnings |
81,570 | 76,092 | ||||||
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income |
(4,700 | ) | 1,474 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 94,145 | 94,714 | |||||||
|
Common stock in treasury, at cost (32 shares) |
(290 | ) | (290 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total stockholders’ equity |
93,855 | 94,424 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
$ | 1,283,008 | $ | 1,211,381 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
49
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollar and Share Amounts in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
| Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Interest income: |
||||||||||||
|
Loans |
$ | 58,384 | $ | 56,275 | $ | 45,015 | ||||||
|
Investment securities |
4,934 | 5,671 | 5,834 | |||||||||
|
Deposits with banks |
274 | 326 | 422 | |||||||||
|
Federal Funds sold |
6 | 6 | 9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total interest income |
63,598 | 62,278 | 51,280 | |||||||||
|
Interest expense: |
||||||||||||
|
Savings deposits |
4,464 | 4,886 | 4,747 | |||||||||
|
Time deposits |
255 | 262 | 437 | |||||||||
|
Other borrowed funds |
81 | 399 | 431 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total interest expense |
4,800 | 5,547 | 5,615 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net interest income |
58,798 | 56,731 | 45,665 | |||||||||
|
Provision for loan losses |
2,095 | 3,900 | 4,617 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net interest income, after provision for loan losses |
56,703 | 52,831 | 41,048 | |||||||||
|
Non-interest income: |
||||||||||||
|
Service charges and fees |
4,416 | 4,118 | 4,097 | |||||||||
|
Investment securities gains, net |
627 | 1,351 | 1,342 | |||||||||
|
Gain on sale of assets |
— | — | 1,058 | |||||||||
|
Merchant services |
2,365 | 2,233 | 1,252 | |||||||||
|
Cardholders income |
971 | 1,260 | 1,617 | |||||||||
|
Trustee fees |
616 | 811 | 698 | |||||||||
|
Other income |
2,697 | 2,794 | 2,533 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total non-interest income |
11,692 | 12,567 | 12,597 | |||||||||
|
Non-interest expenses: |
||||||||||||
|
Salaries and employee benefits |
25,476 | 25,554 | 23,095 | |||||||||
|
Occupancy |
6,857 | 6,250 | 6,008 | |||||||||
|
Furniture and equipment depreciation |
6,086 | 6,229 | 4,953 | |||||||||
|
Insurance |
1,678 | 1,750 | 1,710 | |||||||||
|
Telecommunications |
1,441 | 1,528 | 1,242 | |||||||||
|
Federal Depository Insurance Corporation assessment |
1,381 | 1,023 | 1,189 | |||||||||
|
Professional services |
1,328 | 1,596 | 848 | |||||||||
|
Contract services |
1,296 | 1,356 | 1,076 | |||||||||
|
Other real estate owned |
1,143 | 147 | 217 | |||||||||
|
Stationery and supplies |
724 | 864 | 812 | |||||||||
|
Training and education |
687 | 639 | 750 | |||||||||
|
General, administrative and other |
6,350 | 6,418 | 5,253 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total non-interest expenses |
54,447 | 53,354 | 47,153 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Income before taxes |
13,948 | 12,044 | 6,492 | |||||||||
|
Income tax expense |
4,080 | 3,424 | 758 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net income |
$ | 9,868 | $ | 8,620 | $ | 5,734 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Earnings per share: |
||||||||||||
|
Basic |
$ | 1.12 | $ | 0.98 | $ | 0.66 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted |
$ | 1.12 | $ | 0.98 | $ | 0.54 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Dividends declared per share |
$ | 0.50 | $ | 0.50 | $ | 0.50 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Basic weighted average common shares |
8,790 | 8,779 | 8,752 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted weighted average common shares |
8,790 | 8,780 | 10,572 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
50
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)
| Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Net income |
$ | 9,868 | $ | 8,620 | $ | 5,734 | ||||||
|
Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects: |
||||||||||||
|
Unrealized holding (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities arising during the period |
(5,660 | ) | 2,252 | 2,948 | ||||||||
|
Reclassification for gains realized on available-for-sale securities |
(627 | ) | (1,284 | ) | (1,342 | ) | ||||||
|
Amortization of unrealized holding loss on held-to-maturity securities during the period |
113 | 160 | 143 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total other comprehensive (loss) income |
(6,174 | ) | 1,128 | 1,749 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Comprehensive income |
$ | 3,694 | $ | 9,748 | $ | 7,483 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
51
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands, except Number of Shares)
|
Number of
Shares |
Common
Stock |
Paid-in
Capital |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income/(loss) |
Retained
Earnings |
Treasury
Stock |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balances, January 1, 2011 |
8,714,116 | $ | 1,830 | $ | 13,683 | $ | (1,403 | ) | $ | 70,532 | $ | (290 | ) | $ | 84,352 | |||||||||||||
|
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income |
— | — | — | 5,734 | — | 5,734 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities |
— | — | 1,749 | — | — | 1,749 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stock compensation expense |
1,164 | — | — | 1,164 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Common stock issued under Employee Stock Option Plan |
64,581 | 13 | 429 | — | — | — | 442 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
Cash dividends on common stock |
— | — | — | (4,405 | ) | — | (4,405 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Balances, December 31, 2011 |
8,778,697 | $ | 1,843 | $ | 15,276 | $ | 346 | $ | 71,861 | $ | (290 | ) | $ | 89,036 | ||||||||||||||
|
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income |
— | — | — | 8,620 | — | 8,620 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities |
— | — | 1,128 | — | — | 1,128 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stock compensation expense |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Common stock issued under Employee Stock Option Plan |
3,636 | 1 | 28 | — | — | — | 29 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
Cash dividends on common stock |
— | — | — | (4,389 | ) | — | (4,389 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Balances, December 31, 2012 |
8,782,333 | $ | 1,844 | $ | 15,304 | $ | 1,474 | $ | 76,092 | $ | (290 | ) | $ | 94,424 | ||||||||||||||
|
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net income |
— | — | — | 9,868 | — | 9,868 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities |
— | — | (6,174 | ) | — | — | (6,174 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stock compensation expense |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Common stock issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan |
19,782 | 3 | 124 | — | — | — | 127 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
Cash dividends on common stock |
— | — | — | (4,390 | ) | — | (4,390 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Balances, December 31, 2013 |
8,802,115 | $ | 1,847 | $ | 15,428 | $ | (4,700 | ) | $ | 81,570 | $ | (290 | ) | $ | 93,855 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
52
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
|
Net income |
$ | 9,868 | $ | 8,620 | $ | 5,734 | ||||||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
|
Provision for loan losses |
2,095 | 3,900 | 4,617 | |||||||||
|
Depreciation and amortization |
3,101 | 3,037 | 2,864 | |||||||||
|
Amortization of fees, discounts and premiums |
2,206 | 2,461 | 2,293 | |||||||||
|
Write-down and loss (gain) on sales of other real estate owned, net |
127 | (74 | ) | 170 | ||||||||
|
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale |
31,546 | 31,391 | 28,098 | |||||||||
|
Origination of loans held for sale |
(31,546 | ) | (31,391 | ) | (28,098 | ) | ||||||
|
Increase in mortgage servicing rights |
(69 | ) | (257 | ) | (86 | ) | ||||||
|
Realized gain on sale of available-for-sale securities |
(627 | ) | (1,284 | ) | (1,342 | ) | ||||||
|
Realized gain on sale of assets |
— | — | (1,058 | ) | ||||||||
|
Loss (gain) on disposal of premises and equipment |
1 | 18 | (97 | ) | ||||||||
|
Net change in: |
||||||||||||
|
Accrued interest receivable |
(414 | ) | (181 | ) | 3,305 | |||||||
|
Other assets |
1,270 | 3,514 | (5,770 | ) | ||||||||
|
Accrued interest payable |
3 | (3 | ) | (69 | ) | |||||||
|
Other liabilities |
1,432 | 1,886 | 427 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
18,993 | 21,637 | 10,988 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||
|
Net change in restricted cash |
(250 | ) | — | 1,000 | ||||||||
|
Purchases of available-for-sale securities |
(130,101 | ) | (280,696 | ) | (247,912 | ) | ||||||
|
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities |
— | (25,709 | ) | (32,178 | ) | |||||||
|
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities |
131,983 | 141,379 | 219,457 | |||||||||
|
Maturities, prepayments and calls of available-for-sale securities |
35,381 | 38,083 | 48,499 | |||||||||
|
Maturities, prepayments and calls of held-to-maturity securities |
14,810 | 14,601 | 12,933 | |||||||||
|
Loan originations and principal collections, net |
(112,222 | ) | (23,901 | ) | (121,535 | ) | ||||||
|
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned |
902 | 687 | 85 | |||||||||
|
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment |
1 | 20 | 465 | |||||||||
|
Purchases of premises and equipment |
(3,641 | ) | (2,684 | ) | (2,622 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
(63,137 | ) | (138,220 | ) | (121,808 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||
|
Net increase in deposits |
80,905 | 64,201 | 149,064 | |||||||||
|
Payment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
(10,000 | ) | — | (6,000 | ) | |||||||
|
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank stock redemption |
62 | 39 | 1,000 | |||||||||
|
Proceeds from related party borrowings |
— | 160 | 200 | |||||||||
|
Repayment of other borrowings |
(145 | ) | (215 | ) | — | |||||||
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
106 | 17 | 442 | |||||||||
|
Dividends paid |
(4,390 | ) | (4,389 | ) | (4,405 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
66,538 | 59,813 | 140,301 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents: |
22,394 | (56,770 | ) | 29,481 | ||||||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
74,189 | 130,959 | 101,478 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
$ | 96,583 | $ | 74,189 | $ | 130,959 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
||||||||||||
|
Cash paid during the period for: |
||||||||||||
|
Interest |
$ | 4,800 | $ | 5,546 | $ | 5,684 | ||||||
|
Income taxes |
303 | 356 | 297 | |||||||||
|
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities: |
||||||||||||
|
Net change in unrealized gain on held-to-maturity securities, net of tax |
(2,896 | ) | 160 | 217 | ||||||||
|
Net change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax |
(3,278 | ) | 969 | 2,434 | ||||||||
|
Other real estate owned transferred from loans, net |
2,193 | 807 | 603 | |||||||||
|
Other real estate owned transferred to loans, net |
(268 | ) | (174 | ) | (540 | ) | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
53
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except per share data)
Note 1 – Nature of Business
Organization
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BankGuam Holding Company (“the Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of Guam (“the Bank”). The Company is a Guam corporation organized on October 29, 2010 to act as a holding company of the Bank, a 23-branch bank serving the communities in Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI), the Federated States of Micronesia (FSM), the Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI), the Republic of Palau (ROP), and San Francisco, California. On August 15, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank in a holding company formation transaction (the “Reorganization”).
Other than holding of the shares of the Bank, the Company conducts no significant activities, although it is authorized, with the prior approval of its principal regulator, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) to engage in a variety of activities related to the business of banking. Currently, substantially all of the Company’s operations are conducted and substantially all of the assets are owned by the Bank, which accounts for substantially all of our consolidated revenues, expenses and operating income. The Bank provides a variety of financial services to individuals, businesses and governments through its branches. The Bank’s headquarters is located in Hagåtña, Guam, and it operates branches located on Guam, the CNMI, the FSM, the RMI, the ROP and the United States of America. Its primary deposit products are demand deposits, savings and time certificate accounts, and its primary lending products are consumer, commercial and real estate loans.
For ease of reference we will sometimes refer to the Company as “we”, “us” or “our.”
Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States (“GAAP”), on a basis consistent with prior periods.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BankGuam Holding Company, the Bank and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, BankGuam Properties, Inc. and BankGuam Insurance Underwriters, Ltd. All significant intercompany and inter-branch balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Assets held by the Bank’s Trust department in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of the Bank, and, accordingly, are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the periods presented. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, valuation of other real estate owned and the fair value of financial instruments.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and balances due from banks, Federal Funds sold, and interest bearing deposits with other banks, all of which mature within ninety days. The Bank is required by the Federal Reserve System to maintain cash reserves against certain of its deposit accounts. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the required combined reserves totaled approximately $18,613 and $18,066, respectively.
Restricted Cash
Interest-bearing deposits in banks that mature within one year are carried at cost. These deposits are held jointly under the names of Bank of Guam and the Guam Insurance Commissioner, and are for the benefit of a Bank of Guam Trust Department customer.
54
Investment Securities
Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity,” and are recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held-to-maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair value, are classified as “available-for-sale” and are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest yield method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. The Bank does not hold securities for trading purposes.
To comply with the requirements of FASB ASC Topic 320, formerly Financial Accounting Standards 115 (FAS-115) and applicable regulatory requirements, at the time of purchase, investment securities will be classified and accounted for as either “Available-for-Sale” or “Held-to-Maturity”. Any transfer of investment securities between the “Available-for-Sale” and “Held-to-Maturity” classifications must have the prior written approval of the Board of Directors. The memorandum requesting the Board for approval for such transfer must provide the specific business reason for such transfer, the potential financial implications, and the potential effects of “tainting” the portfolio as a whole as outlined in FASB ASC Topic 320.
Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In determining other-than-temporary losses, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment, and is based on the information available to management at the time such a determination is made.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
The Bank is required to hold non-marketable equity securities, comprised of Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (“FHLB”) stock, as a condition of membership. These securities are accounted for at cost, which equals par or redemption value. Ownership is restricted and there is no market for these securities. These securities are redeemable at par by the issuing government supported institutions. The primary factor supporting the carrying value is the commitment of the FHLB to perform its obligations, which includes providing credit and other services to the Bank.
Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)
Mortgage servicing assets, included in other assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition, are recognized separately when rights are acquired through the sale of mortgage loans. Under the servicing assets and liabilities accounting guidance in ASC Topic 860, “ Transfers and Servicing ”, servicing rights resulting from the sale of loans originated by the Bank are measured at fair value at the date of transfer. The Bank subsequently measures each class of servicing assets using fair value. Under the fair value method, the servicing rights are carried in the statements of financial condition at fair value and the changes in fair value are reported in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. Servicing fee income is recorded as fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal, and are recorded as income when earned.
Loans Held for Investment
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, adjusted for charge-offs, an allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans, as well as unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans, except for certain purchased loans that fall under the scope of ASC Topic 310-30, “ Accounting for Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality ” (ASC 310-30).
Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance of loans. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as income using the effective interest method over the contractual life of the loans. The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Credit card loans and other unsecured consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.
All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged off are reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
The Bank evaluated the portfolio of loans acquired from Wells Fargo Financial in December 2011 (the “Wells Portfolio”), and has elected to account for a portion of those loans under ASC 310-30, “Accounting for Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” . We account for acquired loans under ASC 310-30 when there is evidence of credit deterioration since their origination and it is probable at
55
the date of acquisition that we would be unable to collect all contractually required payments. The Wells Portfolio loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition. Fair value of acquired loans was determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions about the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults, and current market rates. Estimated credit losses were included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan losses was not recorded on the acquisition date.
The carrying value of the Wells Portfolio is reduced by payments received and increased by the portion of the accretable yield recognized as interest income. These loans were acquired with a loss-sharing arrangement. If the Bank has credit losses, net of recoveries, of greater than 0.50% of the remaining portfolio in any given year, Wells Fargo Financial will cover those net losses in an amount up to $320 thousand per year for five years.
Loan Origination Fees and Costs
All loan origination fees and related direct costs are deferred and amortized to interest income as an adjustment to yield over the respective lives of the loans using the effective interest method, except for loans that are revolving or short-term in nature for which the straight line method is used, which approximates the interest method.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to be likely, and is funded through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and real estate loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loans’ obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer loans for impairment disclosures.
Loans Held for Sale
In its normal course of business, the Bank originates mortgage loans held for sale to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC” or “Freddie Mac”). The Bank has elected to measure its residential mortgage loans held for sale at the lower of cost or market. Origination fees and costs are recognized in earnings at the time of origination for newly originated loans held for sale, and the loans are sold to Freddie Mac at par, so there is never a gain or loss reported in earnings.
During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Bank originated and sold approximately $31.5 million, $31.4 million and $28.1 million, respectively, of the above mentioned loans.
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded as off-balance sheet items when the commitment is made, then recorded as balance sheet items if and when they are funded. (See Note 16)
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are reported at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Depreciation expense has been computed
56
principally using estimated lives of 15 to 40 years for premises and 5 to 10 years for furniture and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the estimated lives of the assets or the expected terms of the leases, if shorter. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured.
Construction-in-progress consists of accumulated direct and indirect costs associated with the Bank’s construction of premises and the purchase of equipment that has not yet been placed in service and, accordingly, has not yet been subjected to depreciation. Such assets begin depreciation over their estimated useful lives when completed and placed in service.
Premises and equipment are periodically evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of premises and equipment are less than their carrying amount. In that event, the Bank records a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset based on quoted prices.
Other Real Estate Owned
Properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the fair value of the property, reduced by estimated selling costs. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less the estimated cost to sell. Other real estate owned is estimated using the appraised value of the underlying collateral, discounted as necessary due to management’s estimates of changes in economic conditions, less estimated costs to sell. A valuation allowance is increased by provisions charged to earnings. Subsequent write-downs, income and expenses incurred in connection with holding such assets, and gains and losses realized from the sale of such assets, are charged to the valuation allowance.
Goodwill
Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite life, and is not amortized but is evaluated at least annually for impairment in accordance with ASC Topic 350, “ Intangibles – Goodwill and Other ”. Based upon the Company’s most recent evaluation, there are no indicators of impairment.
Treasury Stock
Common stock shares repurchased are recorded as treasury stock at cost.
Income Taxes
Income taxes represent taxes recognized under laws of the Government of Guam, which generally conform to U.S. income tax laws. Foreign income taxes result from payments of taxes with effective rates ranging from 2% to 5% of gross income in the FSM, the RMI and the ROP to their respective government jurisdictions. U.S. Federal, California and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands income taxes are reflected as foreign taxes for financial reporting purposes.
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes ”.
The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid for the period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.
Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term, “more likely than not,” means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms, “examined,” and, “upon examination,” also include resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any.
A tax position that meets the “more likely than not” recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of which the tax authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the “more likely than not” recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date, and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
57
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income, including unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, which are also recognized as separate components of equity.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per share represent income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may have been issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options, and are determined using the treasury stock method.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments/Fair Value Option
Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 19. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates. In addition, the fair value option provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments and written loan commitments not previously carried at fair value. The Company and the Bank have elected the fair value option for its mortgage servicing rights originated subsequent to 2005. The election was made to better reflect the underlying economics and to mitigate operational complexities in risk management activities.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when, (i) the assets have been isolated from the Bank – put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.
Contingencies
From time to time, the Company may become involved in disputes, litigation and other legal actions. In such event, the Company estimates the range of liability related to pending litigation where the amount and range of loss can be estimated and information available prior to the issuance of financial statements indicates such loss is considered probable. Where a liability is probable and there is a range of estimated loss with no best estimate in the range, the Company records a charge equal to at least the minimum amount in the range.
Subsequent Events
Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. The Company recognizes in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the financial statements. The Company’s financial statements do not recognize subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose after the balance sheet date and before financial statements are available to be issued.
The Company has evaluated events subsequent to December 31, 2013, through the date that these consolidated financial statements are being filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Note 3 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “ Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ”, which requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective lines in the entity’s net income if the amount being reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. The ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2013-02 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, “ Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists ”, which amended its guidance on income taxes to eliminate diversity in the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax
58
loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendments clarify whether unrecognized tax benefits should be presented as a liability on the balance sheet or as a reduction of a deferred tax asset. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. We plan to adopt this guidance on January 1, 2014, and do not expect that it will have a material impact on our financial statement presentation.
Note 4 – Interest-Bearing Deposits and Restricted Cash
At December 31, 2013, the Company had $64.8 million in interest bearing deposits at other financial institutions, as compared to $32.8 million at December 31, 2012. The weighted average percentage yields on these deposits were 0.25% and 0.41% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions can be withdrawn by the Bank on demand, and are considered cash equivalents for purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows.
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had $400 thousand and $150 thousand of restricted cash, respectively, held in time deposits that were scheduled to mature within one year, respectively. These deposits are held jointly under the names of Bank of Guam and the Guam Insurance Commissioner, and serve as a bond for the Bank of Guam Trust Department. These amounts are included in the interest-bearing deposits in the preceding paragraph. The weighted average percentage yields on these restricted cash deposits were 0.37% and 0.32% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Note 5 – Investment Securities
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities, with gross unrealized gains and losses, was as follows:
| December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
|
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
|
Securities Available-for-Sale |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
$ | 54,733 | $ | 122 | $ | (563 | ) | $ | 54,292 | |||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
130,411 | 112 | (1,983 | ) | 128,540 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 185,144 | $ | 234 | $ | (2,546 | ) | $ | 182,832 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Securities Held-to-Maturity |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities |
$ | 32,824 | $ | 0 | $ | (515 | ) | $ | 32,309 | |||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
1,641 | 24 | (12 | ) | 1,653 | |||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
54,524 | 920 | (586 | ) | 54,858 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 88,989 | $ | 944 | $ | (1,113 | ) | $ | 88,820 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
|
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
|
Securities Available-for-Sale |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities |
$ | 59,923 | $ | 360 | $ | (138 | ) | $ | 60,145 | |||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
73,663 | 275 | (140 | ) | 73,798 | |||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
137,282 | 2,449 | (152 | ) | 139,579 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 270,868 | $ | 3,084 | $ | (430 | ) | $ | 273,522 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Securities Held-to-Maturity |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
$ | 1,966 | $ | 45 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 2,008 | |||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
56,159 | 2,054 | 0 | 58,213 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 58,125 | $ | 2,099 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 60,221 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, investment securities with a carrying value of $170,468 and $142,300, respectively, were pledged to secure various government deposits and other government requirements.
59
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2013 and 2012, are shown below. Securities not due at a single maturity date, such as agency pool securities and mortgage-backed securities, are shown separately.
| December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
| Available for Sale | Held to Maturity | |||||||||||||||
| Amortized Cost | Fair Value | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
|
Due after one but within five years |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
Due after five years |
0 | 0 | 32,824 | 32,309 | ||||||||||||
|
U.S. Government agency pool securities |
54,733 | 54,292 | 1,641 | 1,653 | ||||||||||||
|
Mortgage-backed securities |
130,411 | 128,540 | 54,524 | 54,858 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 185,144 | $ | 182,832 | $ | 88,989 | $ | 88,820 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
| Available for Sale | Held to Maturity | |||||||||||||||
| Amortized Cost | Fair Value | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
|
Due after one but within five years |
$ | 4,997 | $ | 5,035 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
Due after five years |
54,926 | 55,110 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
U.S. Government agency pool securities |
73,663 | 73,798 | 1,966 | 2,008 | ||||||||||||
|
Mortgage-backed securities |
137,282 | 139,579 | 56,159 | 58,213 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 270,868 | $ | 273,522 | $ | 58,125 | $ | 60,221 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities amounted to $131,983, $141,379 and $219,457, respectively; gross realized gains were $916, $1,332 and $1,574, and gross realized losses were $288, $47 and $232 respectively; gross unrealized gains were $234, $3,084 and $1,387, and gross unrealized losses were $2,546, $430and $200, respectively.
On August 26, 2013, and in accordance with Bank policy and FASB ASC Topic 320, the Board of Directors approved the transfer of ten securities with a total book value of $49 million from our Available-for-Sale (AFS) portfolio to our Held-to-Maturity (HTM) portfolio. These transactions were completed in August 31, 2013. The ten securities transferred from AFS to HTM were comprised of the following: seven Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) one-time callable bonds, and three FNMA Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (DUS) bonds.
60
Temporarily Impaired Securities
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Bank’s investments, with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be OTTI, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
| December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less Than Twelve Months | More Than Twelve Months | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Unrealized
Loss |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Loss |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Loss |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Securities Available for Sale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
(505 | ) | 42,298 | (58 | ) | 4,843 | (563 | ) | 47,141 | |||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
(1,957 | ) | 108,637 | (26 | ) | 5,606 | (1,983 | ) | 114,243 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total |
$ | (2,462 | ) | $ | 150,935 | $ | (84 | ) | $ | 10,449 | $ | (2,546 | ) | $ | 161,384 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Securities Held to Maturity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities |
$ | (515 | ) | $ | 32,309 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | (515 | ) | $ | 32,309 | ||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
$ | (8 | ) | $ | 304 | $ | (4 | ) | $ | 284 | $ | (12 | ) | $ | 588 | |||||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
(586 | ) | 18,770 | 0 | 0 | (586 | ) | 18,770 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total |
$ | (1,109 | ) | $ | 51,383 | $ | (4 | ) | $ | 284 | $ | (1,113 | ) | $ | 51,667 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less Than Twelve Months | More Than Twelve Months | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Unrealized
Loss |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Loss |
Fair Value |
Unrealized
Loss |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Securities Available for Sale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities |
$ | (138 | ) | $ | 29,836 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | (138 | ) | $ | 29,836 | ||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
(139 | ) | 29,921 | (1 | ) | 76 | (140 | ) | 29,997 | |||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
(136 | ) | 25,420 | (16 | ) | 3,216 | (152 | ) | 28,636 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total |
$ | (413 | ) | $ | 85,177 | $ | (17 | ) | $ | 3,292 | $ | (430 | ) | $ | 88,469 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Securities Held to Maturity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
$ | 0 | $ | 29 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 302 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 331 | ||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency or GSE mortgage-backed securities |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 0 | $ | 29 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 302 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 331 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
The Bank does not believe that the investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2013, which comprised a total of 61 securities, were other than temporarily impaired. Specifically, the 61 securities are comprised of the following: 17 Small Business Administration (SBA) Pool securities, 12 mortgage-backed securities issued by Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), 6 mortgage-backed security issued by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), 19 mortgage-backed securities issued by Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), and 7 U.S. Government Agency securities issued by FNMA.
Total gross unrealized losses were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates, relative to when the investment securities were purchased, and not due to the credit quality of the investment securities. The Bank does not intend to sell the investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position and it is not likely that the Bank will be required to sell the investment securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity.
61
Note 6 – Loans
The Bank provides commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage, commercial construction, automobile and other consumer loans in each of the markets it serves. It also offers residential mortgage, home equity and certain U.S. government guaranteed loans in Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands and California.
Outstanding loan balances are presented net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, and unamortized discount and premium totaling $2,213 at December 31, 2013. Loans subject to ASC 310-30 are presented net of the related accretable yield and nonaccretable difference.
The loan portfolio consisted of the following at:
| December 31, 2013 | December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
| Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial |
||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 183,364 | 21.0 | % | $ | 138,951 | 18.2 | % | ||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
380,454 | 43.4 | % | 314,462 | 41.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
697 | 0.1 | % | 3,908 | 0.5 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total commercial |
564,515 | 64.5 | % | 457,321 | 59.9 | % | ||||||||||
|
Consumer |
||||||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
152,757 | 17.5 | % | 164,774 | 21.6 | % | ||||||||||
|
Home equity |
1,039 | 0.1 | % | 1,211 | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
Automobile |
7,269 | 0.8 | % | 8,227 | 1.1 | % | ||||||||||
|
Other consumer loans 1 |
149,593 | 17.1 | % | 131,412 | 17.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total consumer |
310,658 | 35.5 | % | 305,624 | 40.1 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Gross loans |
875,173 | 100.0 | % | 762,945 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Deferred fee (income) costs, net |
(2,213 | ) | (1,885 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
Allowance for loan losses |
(12,077 | ) | (12,228 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loans, net |
$ | 860,883 | $ | 748,832 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| 1 | Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and overdrafts. |
At December 31, 2013, total gross loans increased by $112.2 million, to $875.2 million, up from $762.9 million at December 31, 2012. The growth in loans was largely attributed to (i) a $66.0 million increase in commercial mortgage loans, to $380.5 million from $314.5 million, due primarily to an increase in commercial real estate (CRE) loans, predominantly from the California region, (ii) a $44.4 million increase in the commercial and industrial loan category, to $183.4 million from $139.0 million, and (iii) an increase of $18.2 million in the other consumer loan category, to $149.6 million from $131.4 million, primarily due to consumer loan promotions. These were partially offset by (i) a $3.2 million decrease in commercial construction loans, to $697 thousand from $3.9 million, (ii) a $12.0 million decrease in residential mortgage loans, to $152.8 million from $164.8 million, due primarily to paydowns of these loans in the normal course of business, (iii) a reduction of $958 thousand in automobile loans, to $7.3 million from $8.2 million, and (iv) a $172 thousand decline in home equity loans, to $1.0 million from $1.2 million.
62
Certain loans acquired in the acquisition of a portfolio of loans from Wells Fargo in December 2011 are subject to ASC 310-30 (formerly SOP 03-3 (see Note 1)). These include loans for which it is probable that we will not collect all contractual principal and interest. Loans within the scope of ASC 310-30 are initially recorded at fair value, and no allowance is carried over or initially recorded. A summary of the major categories of loans outstanding acquired from Wells Fargo showing those subject to ASC 310-30 is presented in the following table.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management, and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of loans in light of historical experience, the nature of volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
The allowance for loan losses is first determined by analyzing all classified loans (Substandard and Doubtful) in non-accrual for loss exposure and establishing specific reserves, as needed. ASC 310-10 defines loan impairment as the existence of uncertainty concerning collection of all principal and interest per the contractual terms of a loan. For collateral-dependent loans, impairment is typically measured by comparing the loan amount to the fair value of collateral, less costs to sell, with a specific reserve established for the “shortfall” amount. Other methods can be used in estimating impairment (market price or present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original interest rate).
The portion of the allowance that covers unimpaired loans is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss, given the default probability derived from the Bank’s internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data.
Our loss migration analysis tracks a certain number of quarters of loan loss history and industry loss factors to determine historical losses by classification category for each loan type, except certain consumer loans. These calculated loss factors are then applied to outstanding loan balances for all loans on accrual designated as “Pass,” “Special Mention,” “Substandard” or “Doubtful” (“classification categories”). Additionally, a qualitative factor that is determined utilizing external economic factors and internal assessments is applied to each homogeneous loan pool. We also conduct individual loan review analyses, as part of the allowance for loan loss allowance allocation process, applying specific monitoring policies and procedures in analyzing the existing loan portfolios.
Credit Quality Indicators
The Bank uses several credit quality indicators to manage credit risk, including an internal credit risk rating system that categorizes loans and leases into pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss categories. Credit risk ratings are applied individually to those classes of loans and leases that have significant or unique credit characteristics and that benefit from a case-by-case evaluation. These are typically loans and leases to businesses or individuals in the classes which comprise the commercial portfolio segment. Groups of loans and leases that are underwritten and structured using standardized criteria and characteristics, such as statistical models (e.g., credit scoring or payment performance), are typically risk-rated and monitored collectively. These are typically loans and leases to individuals in the classes which comprise the consumer portfolio segment.
63
The following are the definitions of the Bank’s credit quality indicators:
Pass (A): Exceptional: Essentially risk-free credit. These are loans of the highest quality that pose virtually no risk of loss to the Bank. This includes loans fully collateralized by means of a savings account(s) and time certificate(s) of deposit, and by at least 110% of the loan amount. Borrowers should have strong financial statements, good liquidity and excellent credit.
Pass (B): Standard: Multiple “strong sources of repayment.” Loans to strong borrowers with a demonstrated history of financial and managerial performance. Risk of loss is considered to be low. Loans are well structured, with clearly identified primary and readily available secondary sources of repayment. Loans maybe secured by an equal amount of funds in a savings account or time certificate of deposit. Loans may be secured by marketable collateral whose value can be reasonably determined through outside appraisals. Very strong cash flow and relatively low leverage.
Pass (C): Acceptable: “Good” primary and secondary sources of repayment. Loans to borrowers of average financial strength, stability and management expertise. Borrower should be a well-established individual or company with adequate financial resources to weather short-term fluctuations in the marketplace. Financial ratios and trends are favorable. The loans may be unsecured or supported by non-real estate collateral for which the value is more difficult to determine, reasonable credit risk and requiring an average amount of account officer attention. Unsecured credit is to be of unquestionable strength.
Pass (D): Monitor: “Sufficient” primary source of repayment and acceptable secondary source of repayment. Acceptable business or individual credit, but the borrower’s operations, cash flow or financial conditions evince moderate to average levels of risk. Loans are considered to be collectable in full, but may require a greater-than-average amount of loan officer attention. Borrowers are capable of absorbing normal setbacks without failure.
Special Mention: A special mention asset has potential weaknesses that deserve close monitoring. These potential weaknesses may result in a deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification. Special Mention should neither be a compromise between a pass grade and substandard, nor should it be a “catch all” grade to identify any loan that has a policy exception.
Substandard: A substandard asset is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and payment capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. Assets are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Formula Classified: Formula classified loans are all loans and credit cards delinquent 90 days and over which have yet to be formally classified Special Mention, Substandard or Doubtful by the Bank’s Loan Committee. In most instances, the monthly formula total is comprised primarily of real estate and consumer loans and credit cards. Commercial loans are typically formally classified by the Loan Committee no later than their 90-day delinquency, and thus do not become part of the formula classification. Real estate loans 90-days delinquent are in the foreclosure process and are typically completed within another 60 days, and thus are not formally classified during this period.
Doubtful: A loan with weaknesses well enough defined that eventual repayment in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, is highly questionable, even though certain factors may be present which could improve the status of the loan. The probability of some loss is extremely high, but because of certain known factors, which may work to the advantage of strengthening of the assets (i.e. capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral, refinancing plans, etc.), its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status can be determined.
Loss: Loans classified as “Loss” are considered uncollectible, and are either unsecured or are supported by collateral that is of little to no value. As such, their continuance as recorded assets is not warranted. While this classification does not mandate that a loan has no ultimate recovery value, losses should be taken in the period these loans are deemed to be uncollectible. Loans identified as loss are immediately approved for charge off. The Bank may refer loans to outside collection agencies, attorneys, or its internal collection division to continue collection efforts. Any subsequent recoveries are credited to the Allowance for Loan Losses.
64
Set forth below is a summary of the Company’s activity in the allowance for loan losses during the years ended:
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
|
Balance, beginning of period |
$ | 12,228 | $ | 11,101 | $ | 9,408 | ||||||
|
Provision for loan losses |
2,095 | 3,900 | 4,617 | |||||||||
|
Recoveries on loans previously charged off |
1,814 | 3,294 | 1,596 | |||||||||
|
Charged off loans |
(4,060 | ) | (6,067 | ) | (4,520 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Balance, end of period |
$ | 12,077 | $ | 12,228 | $ | 11,101 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013, was reduced by $151 thousand from the allowance for loan losses at the end of 2012, based on the Bank’s allowance for loan loss methodology. The decrease in the allowance is primarily due to the improvements in the quality of the overall loan portfolio. As a result of these improvements, including a reduction in classified loans and a decline in delinquency rates, along with management’s reassessment of economic conditions and prospects, the Bank reversed $1.7 million from the allowance in the second quarter of 2013. The allowance for loan losses will change in the future in response to changes in the size, composition and quality of the loan portfolio, as well as periodic reassessments of prospective economic conditions.
Set forth below is information regarding gross loan balances and the related allowance for loan losses, by portfolio type, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
| Commercial |
Residential
Mortgages |
Consumer | Total | |||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
|
2013 |
||||||||||||||||
|
Allowance for loan losses: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 6,251 | $ | 1,453 | $ | 4,524 | $ | 12,228 | ||||||||
|
Charge-offs |
(470 | ) | (168 | ) | (3,422 | ) | (4,060 | ) | ||||||||
|
Recoveries |
116 | 143 | 1,555 | 1,814 | ||||||||||||
|
Provision |
90 | (506 | ) | 2,511 | 2,095 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Balance at end of year |
$ | 5,987 | $ | 922 | $ | 5,168 | $ | 12,077 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Allowance balance at end of year related to: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Loans individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment |
$ | 5,987 | $ | 922 | $ | 5,168 | $ | 12,077 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Loan balances at end of year: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Loans individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 10,239 | $ | 6,412 | $ | 195 | $ | 16,846 | ||||||||
|
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment |
554,276 | 147,384 | 156,667 | 858,327 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Ending Balance |
$ | 564,515 | $ | 153,796 | $ | 156,862 | $ | 875,173 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
2012 |
||||||||||||||||
|
Allowance for loan losses: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 6,654 | $ | 318 | $ | 4,129 | $ | 11,101 | ||||||||
|
Charge-offs |
(1,320 | ) | (68 | ) | (4,679 | ) | (6,067 | ) | ||||||||
|
Recoveries |
159 | 3 | 3,132 | 3,294 | ||||||||||||
|
Provision |
758 | 1,200 | 1,942 | 3,900 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Balance at end of year |
$ | 6,251 | $ | 1,453 | $ | 4,524 | $ | 12,228 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Allowance balance at end of year related to: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Loans individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment |
$ | 6,251 | $ | 1,453 | $ | 4,524 | $ | 12,228 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Loan balances at end of year: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Loans individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 9,367 | $ | 7,242 | $ | 234 | $ | 16,843 | ||||||||
|
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment |
447,954 | 158,743 | 139,405 | 746,102 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Ending Balance |
$ | 457,321 | $ | 165,985 | $ | 139,639 | $ | 762,945 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
65
Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and real estate loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral (if the loan is collateral dependent). Large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. The Bank performs direct write-downs of impaired loans with a charge to the allocated component of the allowance, therefore reducing the allocated component of the reserve to zero at the end of each reporting period.
The following table provides a summary of the delinquency status of the Bank’s gross loans by portfolio type:
|
30-59 Days
Past Due |
60-89 Days
Past Due |
90 Days and
Greater |
Total Past
Due |
Current |
Total Loans
Outstanding |
|||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 159 | $ | 191 | $ | 217 | $ | 567 | $ | 182,797 | $ | 183,364 | ||||||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
201 | 771 | 4,659 | 5,631 | 374,823 | 380,454 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 697 | 697 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total commercial |
360 | 962 | 4,876 | 6,198 | 558,317 | 564,515 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
10,663 | 4,742 | 3,887 | 19,292 | 133,465 | 152,757 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Home equity |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1,039 | 1,039 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Automobile |
178 | 13 | 13 | 204 | 7,065 | 7,269 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other consumer 1 |
2,143 | 1,215 | 993 | 4,351 | 145,242 | 149,593 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total consumer |
12,984 | 5,970 | 4,893 | 23,847 | 286,811 | 310,658 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 13,344 | $ | 6,932 | $ | 9,769 | $ | 30,045 | $ | 845,128 | $ | 875,173 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 65 | $ | 222 | $ | 521 | $ | 808 | $ | 138,143 | $ | 138,951 | ||||||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
2,050 | 1,403 | 5,963 | 9,416 | 305,046 | 314,462 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 3,908 | 3,908 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total commercial |
2,115 | 1,625 | 6,484 | 10,224 | 447,097 | 457,321 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
8,705 | 4,513 | 5,190 | 18,408 | 146,366 | 164,774 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Home equity |
0 | 135 | 0 | 135 | 1,076 | 1,211 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Automobile |
314 | 76 | 0 | 390 | 7,837 | 8,227 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other consumer 1 |
2,389 | 948 | 1,187 | 4,524 | 126,888 | 131,412 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total consumer |
11,408 | 5,672 | 6,377 | 23,457 | 282,167 | 305,624 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 13,523 | $ | 7,297 | $ | 12,861 | $ | 33,681 | $ | 729,264 | $ | 762,945 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| 1 | Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and overdrafts. |
The Bank’s outstanding loan balances have increased by $112.2 million over the past year and the delinquency rate of 3.4% at December 31, 2013, was 1.0% lower than the rate at December 31, 2012. The primary reason for the decrease was a $3.8 million decline in commercial mortgage delinquencies, and was partially offset by an $749 thousand increase in residential mortgage delinquencies.
66
Generally, the accrual of interest on a loan is discontinued when principal or interest payments become more than 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan is adequately collateralized and it is in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is reversed against current income. Subsequent collections of cash are applied as principal reductions when received, except when the ultimate collectability of principal is probable, in which case interest payments are credited to income. Non-accrual loans may be restored to accrual status when principal and interest become current and full repayment is expected. The following table provides information as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, with respect to loans on non-accrual status, by portfolio type:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||
|
Non-accrual loans: |
||||||||
|
Commercial |
||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 343 | $ | 685 | ||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
6,344 | 7,977 | ||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total commercial |
6,687 | 8,662 | ||||||
|
Consumer |
||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
6,351 | 7,166 | ||||||
|
Home equity |
62 | 76 | ||||||
|
Automobile |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Other consumer 1 |
195 | 234 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total consumer |
6,608 | 7,476 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total non-accrual loans |
$ | 13,295 | $ | 16,138 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 1 | Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and overdrafts. |
67
The Company classifies its loan portfolios using internal credit quality ratings, as discussed above under Allowance for Loan Losses . The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio type and the Company’s internal credit quality ratings as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | Increase (Decrease) | ||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
|
Pass: |
||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 170,388 | $ | 123,046 | $ | 47,342 | ||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
349,906 | 290,307 | 59,599 | |||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
697 | 3,908 | (3,211 | ) | ||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
148,825 | 158,408 | (9,583 | ) | ||||||||
|
Home equity |
1,039 | 1,211 | (172 | ) | ||||||||
|
Automobile |
7,256 | 8,227 | (971 | ) | ||||||||
|
Other consumer |
148,757 | 130,345 | 18,412 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total pass loans |
$ | 826,868 | $ | 715,452 | $ | 111,416 | ||||||
|
Special Mention: |
||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 9,571 | $ | 3,752 | $ | 5,819 | ||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
20,850 | 6,839 | 14,011 | |||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Home equity |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Automobile |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Other consumer |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total special mention loans |
$ | 30,421 | $ | 10,591 | $ | 19,830 | ||||||
|
Substandard: |
||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 3,360 | $ | 12,153 | $ | (8,793 | ) | |||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
9,384 | 17,316 | (7,932 | ) | ||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
76 | 370 | (294 | ) | ||||||||
|
Home equity |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Automobile |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Other consumer |
0 | 26 | (26 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total substandard loans |
$ | 12,820 | $ | 29,865 | $ | (17,045 | ) | |||||
|
Formula Classified: |
||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 45 | $ | 0 | $ | 45 | ||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
314 | 0 | 314 | |||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
3,856 | 5,996 | (2,140 | ) | ||||||||
|
Home equity |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Automobile |
13 | 0 | 13 | |||||||||
|
Other consumer |
836 | 1,041 | (205 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total formula classified loans |
$ | 5,064 | $ | 7,037 | $ | (1,973 | ) | |||||
|
Doubtful: |
||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Home equity |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Automobile |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Other consumer |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total doubtful loans |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total outstanding loans, gross |
$ | 875,173 | $ | 762,945 | $ | 112,228 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
68
As the above table indicates, the Company’s total loans approximated $875.2 million at December 31, 2013, up from $762.9 million at December 31, 2012. The disaggregation of the portfolio by risk rating in the table reflects the following changes between December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013:
| • | Loans rated “pass” totaled $826.9 million at December 31, 2013, up from $715.5 million at December 31, 2012, due primarily to the increase of $59.6 million in commercial mortgages and an increase of $47.3 million in commercial & industrial loans. This increase is due to various large loans originated in the California region and in Guam. There was also an increase of $18.4 million in other consumer loans, primarily due to new bookings and promotional programs. These increases were partially offset by a $9.6 million reduction in residential mortgages, which included the downgrade of $2.5 million of loans purchased in 2011 from Wells Fargo Financial to the “formula classified” category. There was also a $3.2 million decrease in commercial construction loans rated as “pass” due to the reclassification of loans that completed construction to commercial mortgage, along with a decrease of $971 thousand in automobile loans due to payoffs and paydowns. |
| • | The “special mention” category was $19.8 million higher at December 31, 2013, than at December 30, 2012. Special mention commercial mortgages increased by $14.0 million, due primarily to a downgrade of a $10.5 million loan relationship from “pass” and upgrade of a $5.0 million relationship from “substandard.” Commercial & industrial loans increased by $5.8 million, due to the upgrade of a $1.8 million relationship from “substandard” and downgrades of existing accounts from the “pass” category. |
| • | Loans classified “substandard” decreased by $17.0 million, to $12.8 million, at December 31, 2013, from $29.9 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease was mainly comprised of the commercial & industrial loan category falling by $8.8, million, due to the upgrade of a $3.0 million loan relationship to the “special mention” category and $6.0 million in payoffs and paydowns. Substandard commercial mortgage loans decreased by $7.9 million, due to the upgrade of a $5.6 million relationship to “special mention” and the upgrade of a $1.2 million relationship to “pass.” |
| • | The “formula classified” category decreased by $2.0 million during the period, resulting primarily from the upgrade of $2.1 million of residential mortgage loans to “pass” and $1.2 million of charge-offs and payoffs, offset by additional loans being transferred into this category during the year. |
The allowance for loan losses of $12.1 million was appropriate at December 31, 2013, to cover the increase in the size of portfolio, the decrease in delinquencies and moderately improved economic conditions.
Impaired Loans
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.
Impaired loans include loans that are in non-accrual status and other loans that have been modified in Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs), where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation actions, and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions taken with the intention to maximize collections.
The following table sets forth information regarding non-accrual loans and restructured loans, at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||
|
Impaired loans: |
||||||||
|
Restructured Loans: |
||||||||
|
Non-accruing restructured loans |
$ | 5,554 | $ | 5,970 | ||||
|
Accruing restructured loans |
3,551 | 705 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total restructured loans |
9,105 | 6,675 | ||||||
|
Other non-accruing impaired loans |
7,741 | 10,168 | ||||||
|
Other accruing impaired loans |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total impaired loans |
$ | 16,846 | $ | 16,843 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Impaired loans less than 90 days delinquent and included in total impaired loans |
$ | 7,967 | $ | 6,058 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
69
The table below contains additional information with respect to impaired loans, by portfolio type, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
|
Recorded
Investment |
Unpaid
Principal Balance |
Average
Recorded Investment |
Interest
Income Recognized |
|||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2013, With no related allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 3,459 | $ | 3,646 | $ | 3,231 | $ | 14 | ||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
6,780 | 8,495 | 7,400 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
6,351 | 6,449 | 6,594 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Home equity |
61 | 61 | 68 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Automobile |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Other consumer |
195 | 204 | 215 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total impaired loans with no related allowance |
$ | 16,846 | $ | 18,855 | $ | 17,508 | $ | 14 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
December 31, 2013, With an allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Home equity |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Automobile |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Other consumer |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
December 31, 2012, With no related allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 822 | $ | 975 | $ | 778 | $ | 29 | ||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
8,545 | 10,229 | 10,204 | 450 | ||||||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 925 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
7,166 | 7,264 | 3,313 | 249 | ||||||||||||
|
Home equity |
76 | 76 | 33 | 2 | ||||||||||||
|
Automobile |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Other consumer |
234 | 243 | 191 | 8 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total impaired loans with no related allowance |
$ | 16,843 | $ | 18,787 | $ | 15,444 | $ | 738 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
December 31, 2012, With an allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial & industrial |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Commercial construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Home equity |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Automobile |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
Other consumer |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and real estate loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. The Bank performs direct write-downs of impaired loans with a charge to the allocated component of the allowance, thereby reducing the allocated component of the reserve to zero at the end of each reporting period.
70
Troubled Debt Restructurings
In accordance with FASB’s Accounting Standard Update No. 2011-02, “ A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring” (ASU No. 2011-02), the Bank had $9.1 million of troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) as of December 31, 2013. The restructured loans recorded with the Bank represent financing receivables, modified for the purpose of alleviating temporary impairments to the borrower’s financial condition. The modifications that the Bank has extended to borrowers have come in the form of a change in the amortization terms, reduction in the interest rate, interest only payments and, in limited cases, a concession to the outstanding loan balance. The workout plan between the borrower and Bank is designed to provide a bridge for the cash flow shortfalls in the near term. As the borrower works through the near term issues, in most cases, the original contractual terms will be reinstated.
At December 31, 2012, the Bank carried $6.7 million of troubled debt restructurings. This increased by $2.4 million, to $9.1 million, by December 31, 2013, due primarily to two additional loans being restructured.
Note 7 – Premises and Equipment
A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows:
| December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||
| Cost |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Net Book
Value |
||||||||||
|
Buildings |
$ | 26,954 | $ | (16,725 | ) | $ | 10,229 | |||||
|
Furniture and equipment |
24,807 | (19,404 | ) | 5,403 | ||||||||
|
Automobiles and mobile facilities |
1,063 | (724 | ) | 339 | ||||||||
|
Leasehold improvements |
4,317 | (3,076 | ) | 1,241 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| 57,141 | (39,929 | ) | 17,212 | |||||||||
|
Construction in progress |
1,037 | 0 | 1,037 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 58,178 | $ | (39,929 | ) | $ | 18,249 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||
| Cost |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Net Book
Value |
||||||||||
|
Buildings |
$ | 27,742 | $ | (16,448 | ) | $ | 11,294 | |||||
|
Furniture and equipment |
24,489 | (20,454 | ) | 4,035 | ||||||||
|
Automobiles and mobile facilities |
1,056 | (906 | ) | 150 | ||||||||
|
Leasehold improvements |
4,402 | (2,936 | ) | 1,466 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| 57,689 | (40,744 | ) | 16,945 | |||||||||
|
Construction in progress |
767 | 0 | 767 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 58,456 | $ | (40,744 | ) | $ | 17,712 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
71
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, depreciation and amortization expense was $3,101, $3,037 and $2,864, respectively.
Note 8 – Other Assets
A summary of other assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows:
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Bank Owned Life Insurance |
$ | 10,974 | $ | 10,635 | ||||
|
Prepaid income tax |
409 | 4,175 | ||||||
|
Prepaid expenses |
4,536 | 4,311 | ||||||
|
Prepaid FDIC assessments |
0 | 2,455 | ||||||
|
Other real estate owned, net (Note 9) |
4,610 | 4,384 | ||||||
|
Deferred tax asset, net (Note 13) |
5,603 | 3,741 | ||||||
|
Mortgage servicing rights |
1,354 | 1,285 | ||||||
|
Other |
692 | 1,324 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 28,178 | $ | 32,310 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Note 9 – Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned is presented net of an allowance for losses. A summary of the changes in other real estate owned is as follows:
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 4,384 | $ | 4,294 | ||||
|
Additions |
2,193 | 807 | ||||||
|
Sales |
(896 | ) | (585 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 5,681 | 4,516 | |||||||
|
Write-downs and loss on sale, net |
(1,086 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||
|
Change in valuation allowances |
15 | (121 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Balance at end of year |
$ | 4,610 | $ | 4,384 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
A summary of other real estate owned operations, which are included in non-interest expenses, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, is as follows:
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Other real estate owned operations, net |
$ | 143 | $ | 96 | $ | 142 | ||||||
|
Loss (gain) on the sale of the other real estate owned |
127 | 74 | 103 | |||||||||
|
Write-downs |
1,213 | (63 | ) | 22 | ||||||||
|
Change in valuation allowances |
(15 | ) | 121 | 45 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net losses from other real estate owned operations |
$ | 1,468 | $ | 228 | $ | 312 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Note 10 – Deposits
A summary of deposits at December 31, 2013 and 2012, follows:
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Non-interest bearing deposits |
$ | 321,408 | $ | 279,322 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Interest bearing deposits: |
||||||||
|
Demand deposits |
127,642 | 114,650 | ||||||
|
Regular savings |
534,530 | 481,062 | ||||||
|
Time deposits: |
||||||||
|
$100,000 or more |
43,299 | 48,503 | ||||||
|
Less than $100,000 |
12,553 | 11,971 | ||||||
|
Other interest bearing deposits |
144,013 | 167,032 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 862,037 | 823,218 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total |
$ | 1,183,445 | $ | 1,102,540 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
72
At December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:
| Year ending December 31, | ||||
|
2014 |
$ | 53,718 | ||
|
2015 |
947 | |||
|
2016 |
534 | |||
|
2017 |
272 | |||
|
2018 and thereafter |
381 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| $ | 55,852 | |||
|
|
|
|||
Note 11 – Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Advances
The Bank has a credit line with the FHLB of Seattle equal to 20% of total assets. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank had outstanding advances against this credit line under Blanket Agreements for Advances and Security Agreements (“the Agreements”) of $0 and $10,000, respectively. The Agreements enable the Bank to borrow funds from the FHLB to fund mortgage loan programs and to satisfy certain other funding needs. The weighted average rate of interest applicable to the advance was 0% and 3.93% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
The value of first lien one-to-four unit mortgage loans and first lien multifamily loans pledged under the Agreements must be maintained at not less than 120% and 125%, respectively, of the advances outstanding.
Other Borrowings
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $0 and $145 thousand, respectively, in other borrowed funds with its Board of Directors. The other borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2012, matured in 2013.
Overnight Fed Funds Lines
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank had $17.0 million in Federal Funds lines of credit available with its correspondent banks. No borrowings were outstanding as of December 31, 2013.
Note 12 – Transactions with Board of Directors
The Directors of the Company and the Bank, and certain of the businesses with which they are associated, conduct banking transactions with the Company in the ordinary course of business. All loans and commitments to loan included in such transactions are made in accordance with applicable laws and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with persons of similar creditworthiness that were not affiliated with the Company, and did not present any undue risk of collectability.
The following is a summary of loan transactions with the Board of Directors of the Company and certain of their associated businesses:
| Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 (1) | 2012 (1) | |||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||
|
Beginning balance |
$ | 5,234 | $ | 13,551 | ||||
|
Undisbursed commitments |
154 | (0 | ) | |||||
|
New loans granted |
376 | 172 | ||||||
|
Principal repayments |
(724 | ) | (8,489 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Ending balance of term loans |
$ | 5,040 | $ | 5,234 | ||||
|
Year-end balance of revolving accounts |
5,751 | 2,099 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total term loans and revolving accounts |
$ | 10,791 | $ | 7,333 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | There were four new loans of $376 thousand made and outstanding to executive officers who are also directors at December 31, 2013, as compared to December 31, 2012 which reported a new loans of $172 thousand. |
Deposits by Board of Directors members and executive officers held by the Bank were $6.9 million and $5.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
73
Note 13 – Income Taxes
The Bank files income tax returns in Guam, the CNMI and the State of California. The Bank is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.
The income tax provision includes the following components:
| For the Years | ||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Government of Guam tax expense (benefit): |
||||||||||||
|
Current |
$ | 3,995 | $ | 3,728 | $ | 2,174 | ||||||
|
Deferred |
(232 | ) | (644 | ) | (1,710 | ) | ||||||
|
Foreign income taxes (including U.S. income taxes) |
317 | 340 | 294 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total income tax expense |
$ | 4,080 | $ | 3,424 | $ | 758 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows:
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Statutory Guam income tax rate |
34.0 | % | 34.0 | % | 34.0 | % | ||||||
|
Permanent differences |
(5.5 | )% | (6.8 | )% | (16.6 | )% | ||||||
|
Other |
0.8 | % | 1.1 | % | (5.7 | )% | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total income tax expense |
29.3 | % | 28.3 | % | 11.7 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The difference between effective income tax expense and income tax expense computed at the Guam statutory rate was due to nontaxable interest income earned on loans to the Government of Guam for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
The components of deferred income taxes are as follows:
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Deferred loan origination fees |
$ | (115 | ) | $ | (148 | ) | $ | (24 | ) | |||
|
Mortgage servicing rights |
24 | 89 | 34 | |||||||||
|
Loan loss provision |
53 | (388 | ) | (629 | ) | |||||||
|
Deferred rent obligation |
(22 | ) | (24 | ) | (28 | ) | ||||||
|
Other real estate owned valuation |
50 | (24 | ) | 37 | ||||||||
|
Fixed assets |
22 | 23 | (590 | ) | ||||||||
|
FAS 123R |
(7 | ) | (4 | ) | (401 | ) | ||||||
|
SERP |
(237 | ) | (168 | ) | (109 | ) | ||||||
|
Net operating loss |
(1,974 | ) | (2,405 | ) | (2,812 | ) | ||||||
|
Change in valuation allowance |
1,974 | 2,405 | 2,812 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Deferred tax (benefit) provision |
$ | (232 | ) | $ | (644 | ) | $ | (1,710 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
74
The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Deferred tax asset: |
||||||||
|
Allowance for loan losses |
$ | 4,164 | $ | 4,216 | ||||
|
Net operating loss |
1,974 | 2,405 | ||||||
|
Loan origination fees |
765 | 650 | ||||||
|
FAS 123R |
412 | 405 | ||||||
|
Net unrealized loss on securities held-to-maturity |
1,108 | 143 | ||||||
|
Net unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale |
786 | 0 | ||||||
|
Deferred rent obligation |
262 | 241 | ||||||
|
Accruals not currently deductible |
512 | 326 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total deferred tax asset |
9,983 | 8,386 | ||||||
|
Deferred tax liability: |
||||||||
|
Fixed assets |
(917 | ) | (895 | ) | ||||
|
Net unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale |
0 | (902 | ) | |||||
|
Mortgage servicing rights |
(467 | ) | (443 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total deferred tax liability |
(1,384 | ) | (2,240 | ) | ||||
|
Valuation allowance |
(1,974 | ) | (2,405 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net deferred tax asset |
$ | 6,625 | $ | 3,741 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
A valuation allowance of $2.0 million has been provided at December 31, 2013, to reduce the deferred tax asset because, in management’s opinion, it is more likely than not that less than the entire amount will be realized.
We record as a “deferred tax asset” on our balance sheet an amount equal to the tax credit and tax loss carry-forwards and tax deductions (“tax benefits”) that we believe will be available to us to offset or reduce the amounts of our income taxes in future periods. Under applicable federal and state income tax laws and regulations, such tax benefits will expire if not used within specified periods of time. Accordingly, the ability to fully use our deferred tax asset depends on the amount of taxable income that we generate during those time periods. At least once each year, or more frequently, if warranted, we make estimates of future taxable income that we believe we are likely to generate during those future periods. If we conclude, on the basis of those estimates and the amount of the tax benefits available to us, that it is more likely than not that we will be able to fully utilize those tax benefits prior to their expiration, we recognize the deferred tax asset in full on our balance sheet. On the other hand, if we conclude on the basis of those estimates and the amount of the tax benefits available to us that it has become more likely than not that we will be unable to utilize those tax benefits in full prior to their expiration, then we would establish (or increase any existing) valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax asset on our balance sheet to the amount which we believe we are more likely than not to be able to utilize. Such a reduction is implemented by recognizing a non-cash charge that would have the effect of increasing the provision, or reducing any credit, for income taxes that we would otherwise have recorded in our statements of operations. The determination of whether and the extent to which we will be able to utilize our deferred tax asset involves significant management judgments and assumptions that are subject to period-to-period changes as a result of changes in tax laws, changes in the market, or economic conditions that could affect our operating results or variances between our actual operating results and our projected operating results, as well as other factors.
Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans
Stock Purchase Plan
The Bank’s 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2011 Plan”) was adopted by the Bank’s Board of Directors and approved by the Bank’s Stockholders on May 2, 2011. This plan was subsequently adopted by the Company after the Reorganization. The 2011 Plan is open to all employees of the Company and the Bank who have met certain eligibility requirements.
Under the 2011 Plan, as amended and restated as of July 1, 2012, eligible employees can purchase, through payroll deductions, shares of common stock at a discount. The right to purchase stocks is granted to eligible employees during a period of time that is established from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company. Eligible employees cannot accrue the right to purchase more than $25 thousand worth of stock at the fair market value at the beginning of each offer period. Eligible employees also may not purchase more than one thousand five hundred (1,500) shares of stock in any one offer period. The shares are purchased at 85% of the fair market price of the stock on the enrollment date. The Bank recognized $21 thousand in compensation expense at December 31, 2013 and $11 thousand at December 31, 2012.
75
Executive Employment Agreements
The President and the Executive Vice President are employed under separate agreements terminating December 31, 2017, and May 31, 2018, respectively. Under the agreements, the President and the Executive Vice President receive specified base salaries, which are adjusted annually for changes in the U.S. Consumer Price Index, plus an incentive bonus. The President’s and the Executive Vice President’s bonuses are based on profitability, also within a defined limit, subject to adjustments based on the Bank meeting certain performance criteria.
Under a Phantom Stock unit and stock option plan, the President and Executive Vice President may elect to receive up to $100 each in Phantom Stock units in lieu of an equal amount of incentive bonus, as computed in their employment agreements. These non-voting Phantom Stock units may be held for receipt of dividends equal to the dividend rate of the Bank’s common stock, or may be redeemed at a price equal to the market value of the Bank’s common stock. In addition, for each Phantom Stock unit received, the executive employee receives options to purchase three shares of the Bank’s common stock at a price equal to the market value of the stock at the date the options are granted. The redemption of the Phantom Stock or the exercise of the options will result in the forfeiture by the executive employee of any rights under the other. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no Phantom Stock units outstanding under the plan, nor have such units ever been issued as of December 31, 2013.
Senior Vice Presidents’ Employment Agreements
Two Senior Vice Presidents entered into separate five-year employment agreements on April 25, 2016. Under the agreements, they receive specified base salaries and they may receive bonuses, within a defined limit, based on the Bank’s profitability, adjusted by certain Bank performance criteria.
Seven Senior Vice Presidents entered into separate five-year employment agreements terminating on December 31, 2011. Under the agreements, they receive specified base salaries and they may receive bonuses, within a defined limit, based on the Bank’s profitability, adjusted by certain Bank performance criteria. The agreements were renewed on January 1, 2012, for a period of five years, terminating on December 31, 2016.
One Senior Vice President entered into an employment agreement commencing on August 9, 2013, and terminating on December 31, 2016. Under this agreement, there is a specified base salary and there may be bonuses, within a defined limit, based on the Bank’s profitability, as adjusted by certain Bank performance criteria.
Employee Retirement Savings Plan
The Bank has a 401(k) Plan whereby substantially all employees, with at least one year of continuous service, are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Bank made matching contributions equal to 50 percent of the first six percent of an employee’s compensation contributed to the Plan through February 28, 2008. Effective March 1, 2008, the Bank makes matching contributions equal to 100% of an employee’s deferrals, up to 1% of the employee’s compensation, plus 50% of the employee’s deferrals that exceed 1% but are less than 6% of the employee’s compensation. Previously, matching contributions vested to the employee over a five-year period of service. Effective March 1, 2008, matching contributions become 100% vested to the employee after 2 years of service. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the expense attributable to the Plan was $464, $440 and $368, respectively.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”)
In April 2011, the Bank established an unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) for its Executive Officers and Senior Vice Presidents. The SERP provides that, subject to meeting certain vesting requirements described below, they will become entitled to receive 12 equal successive monthly retirement payments totaling $50,000 per annum for Senior Vice Presidents, $100,000 for the Executive Vice President, and $150,000 for the President and CEO during the years immediately following the date of their retirement or other termination of their employment. Their monthly retirement payments are not tied to service with the Bank.
The Company follows FASB ASC 715-30-35, which requires us to recognize in our balance sheet the funded status of any post-retirement plans that we maintain, and to recognize, in other comprehensive income, changes in funded status of any such plans in any year in which changes occur.
76
The changes in the projected benefit obligation of other benefits under the Plan during 2012 and 2013, its funded status at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the amounts recognized in the balance sheet at December 31, 2012 and 2013, were as follows:
| At December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Change in benefit obligation: |
||||||||
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of period |
$ | 772 | $ | 318 | ||||
|
Service cost |
642 | 454 | ||||||
|
Interest cost |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Participant contributions |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Plan amendments |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Combination/divestiture/curtailment/settlement/termination |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Actuarial loss/(gain) |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
(Benefits paid) |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Benefit obligation at end of period |
$ | 1,414 | $ | 772 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Funded status: |
||||||||
|
Amounts recognized in the Statement of Financial Condition |
||||||||
|
Unfunded accrued SERP liability—current |
$ | 1,414 | $ | 772 | ||||
|
Unfunded accrued SERP liability—noncurrent |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total unfunded accrued SERP liability |
$ | 1,414 | $ | 772 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income |
||||||||
|
Prior service cost/(benefit) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
|
Net actuarial loss/(gain) |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total net amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Accumulated benefit obligation |
$ | 1,414 | $ | 772 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Components of net periodic SERP cost YTD: |
||||||||
|
Service cost |
$ | 642 | $ | 454 | ||||
|
Interest cost |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Expected return on plan assets |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Amortization of prior service cost/(benefit) |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Amortization of net actuarial loss/(gain) |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net periodic SERP cost |
$ | 642 | $ | 454 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Recognized in other comprehensive income YTD: |
||||||||
|
Prior service cost/(benefit) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
|
Net actuarial loss/(gain) |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Amortization of prior service cost/(benefit) |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
Amortization of net actuarial loss/(gain) |
0 | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total recognized year to date in other comprehensive income |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Assumptions as of December 31,: |
||||||||
|
Assumed discount rate |
4.33 | % | 6.17 | % | ||||
|
Rate of compensation increase |
0 | % | 0 | % | ||||
As of December 31, 2013, $0 benefits are expected to be paid in the next seven years and a total of $554 thousand of benefits are expected to be paid in year 2021. $0 is expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost in 2014.
Note 15 – Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per share represent income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Bank relate solely to outstanding stock options for 2011, and solely to shares for which employees’ funds have been collected but not issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan for 2012 and 2013, and are determined using the treasury stock method.
77
Earnings per common share have been computed based on reported net income and the following share data:
| Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Net income available for common stockholders |
$ | 9,868 | $ | 8,620 | $ | 5,734 | ||||||
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding |
8,790 | 8,779 | 8,752 | |||||||||
|
Effect of dilutive options |
0 | 1 | 1,820 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per common share |
8,790 | 8,780 | 10,572 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Income per common share: |
||||||||||||
|
Basic |
$ | 1.12 | $ | 0.98 | $ | 0.66 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Diluted |
$ | 1.12 | $ | 0.98 | $ | 0.54 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Note 16 – Commitments and Contingencies
The Bank is a party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk, in the normal course of business, to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
The Bank’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of nonperformance by the other parties to financial instruments for loan commitments and letters of credit, is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Bank follows the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.
A summary of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk at December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Commitments to extend credit |
$ | 121,618 | $ | 100,007 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Letters of credit: |
||||||||
|
Standby letters of credit |
$ | 47,543 | $ | 26,178 | ||||
|
Other letters of credit |
2,582 | 3,030 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 50,125 | $ | 29,208 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The commitments for certain lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.
Commercial and standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party or the shipment of merchandise from a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support government and private borrowing arrangements. Essentially all letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank generally holds collateral supporting these commitments.
The Bank considers its standby letters of credit to be guarantees. At December 31, 2013, the maximum undiscounted future payments that the Bank could be required to make was $47,543. All of these arrangements mature within one year. The Bank generally has recourse to recover from the customer any amounts paid under these guarantees. Most of the guarantees are fully collateralized; however, some are unsecured. The Bank had not recorded any liabilities associated with these guarantees at December 31, 2013.
Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $208,599 and $197,391 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. On December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank recorded mortgage servicing rights at their fair value of $1,354 and $1,285, respectively.
78
The Bank utilizes facilities, equipment and land under various operating leases with terms ranging from 1 to 99 years. Some of these leases include scheduled rent increases. The total amount of the rent is being debited to expense under the straight-line method over the lease terms, in accordance with ASC Topic 840, “Leases ”. The Bank has recorded a deferred obligation of $760 and $698 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which has been included within other liabilities, to reflect the excess of rent expense over cash paid on the leases.
At December 31, 2013, annual lease commitments under the above noncancelable operating leases were as follows:
|
Years ending December 31, |
||||
|
2014 |
$ | 1,457 | ||
|
2015 |
1,072 | |||
|
2016 |
886 | |||
|
2017 |
697 | |||
|
2018 and thereafter |
19,046 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| $ | 23,158 | |||
|
|
|
|||
The Bank leases certain facilities from two separate entities in which two of its directors have separate ownership interests. Lease payments made to these entities during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 approximated $370, $358 and $351, respectively.
Additionally, the Bank leases office space to third parties, with original lease terms ranging from 3 to 5 years with option periods ranging up to 15 years. At December 31, 2013, minimum future rents to be received under noncancelable operating sublease agreements were $84, $40, $27 and $0 for the years ending December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.
A summary of rental activities for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, is as follows:
| For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Rent expense |
$ | 2,343 | $ | 2,293 | $ | 2,309 | ||||||
|
Less: sublease rentals |
268 | 257 | 254 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net rent expense |
$ | 2,075 | $ | 2,036 | $ | 2,055 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Contingencies
The Bank is involved in certain legal actions and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that, as a result of its legal defenses and insurance arrangements, none of these matters are expected to pose a material adverse threat to the Bank’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Note 17 – Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the United States federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables.
79
There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are also presented in the table.
| Actual Capital |
For Capital Adequacy
Purposes |
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||
|
As of December 31, 2013: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) |
$ | 108,238 | 12.53 | % | $ | 69,114 | 8.00 | % | $ | 86,392 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) |
$ | 97,563 | 11.43 | % | $ | 34,130 | 4.00 | % | $ | 51,195 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 capital (to Average Assets) |
$ | 97,563 | 7.60 | % | $ | 51,320 | 4.00 | % | $ | 64,151 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
As of December 31, 2012: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) |
$ | 101,489 | 13.51 | % | $ | 60,094 | 8.00 | % | $ | 75,118 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) |
$ | 92,206 | 12.43 | % | $ | 29,676 | 4.00 | % | $ | 44,514 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 capital (to Average Assets) |
$ | 92,206 | 7.40 | % | $ | 49,854 | 4.00 | % | $ | 62,317 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Note 18 – Parent Company Only Information
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars in thousands)
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Assets |
||||||||
|
Due from subsidiary depository institution |
$ | 222 | $ | 92 | ||||
|
Investment in subsidiary |
93,587 | 94,452 | ||||||
|
Other assets |
3 | 39 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total assets |
$ | 93,812 | $ | 94,583 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
||||||||
|
Liabilities |
$ | 2 | $ | 148 | ||||
|
Stockholders’ equity |
93,810 | 94,435 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
$ | 93,812 | $ | 94,583 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Condensed Statements of Income
(Dollars in thousands)
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Dividend income |
$ | 4,658 | $ | 4,741 | ||||
|
Interest expense |
0 | 5 | ||||||
|
Other expenses |
185 | 230 | ||||||
|
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary |
5,395 | 4,114 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net income |
$ | 9,868 | $ | 8,620 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
80
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||
|
Net income |
$ | 9,868 | $ | 8,620 | ||||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||
|
Undistributed (earnings) losses of subsidiary |
(5,395 | ) | (4,114 | ) | ||||
|
Net increase (decrease) in other liabilities |
0 | (13 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
4,473 | 4,493 | ||||||
|
Cash Flows from Financing Activities: |
||||||||
|
Cash dividends paid |
(4,395 | ) | (4,390 | ) | ||||
|
Net change in other short-term borrowings |
(145 | ) | (55 | ) | ||||
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
197 | 0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net cash used in financing activities |
(4,343 | ) | (4,445 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
130 | 48 | ||||||
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period |
92 | 44 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period |
$ | 222 | $ | 92 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Note 19 – Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities
The Bank uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received in selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Bank’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. The fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions.
Fair Value Hierarchy
In accordance with this guidance, the Bank groups its financial assets and financial liabilities, generally measured at fair value, in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.
| Level 1: | Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 assets and liabilities generally include debt and equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury securities that are highly liquid and are actively traded in over-the-counter markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities. | |
| Level 2: | Valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. The valuation may be based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. | |
| Level 3: | Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. | |
81
A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, are as follows:
|
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Total | |||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2013 |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
0 | 54,292 | 0 | 54,292 | ||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency of GSE |
0 | 128,540 | 0 | 128,540 | ||||||||||||
|
Other assets: |
||||||||||||||||
|
MSRs |
0 | 0 | 1,354 | 1,354 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total assets |
$ | 0 | $ | 182,832 | $ | 1,354 | $ | 184,186 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency and sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt securities |
$ | 0 | $ | 60,145 | $ | 0 | $ | 60,145 | ||||||||
|
U.S. government agency pool securities |
0 | 73,798 | 0 | 73,798 | ||||||||||||
|
U.S. government agency of GSE |
0 | 139,579 | 0 | 139,579 | ||||||||||||
|
Other assets: |
||||||||||||||||
|
MSRs |
0 | 0 | 1,285 | 1,285 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total assets |
$ | 0 | $ | 273,522 | $ | 1,285 | $ | 274,807 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
During the periods ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
|
Beginning balance |
$ | 1,285 | $ | 1,028 | $ | 942 | ||||||
|
Realized and unrealized net gains: |
||||||||||||
|
Included in net income |
69 | 257 | 86 | |||||||||
|
Included in other comprehensive income |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
Purchases, sales and issuances |
||||||||||||
|
Purchases |
(31,546 | ) | (31,391 | ) | (28,098 | ) | ||||||
|
Sales |
31,546 | 31,391 | 28,098 | |||||||||
|
Issuances |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Ending balance |
$ | 1,354 | $ | 1,285 | $ | 1,028 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
There were no transfers in or out of the Bank’s Level 3 financial assets for the periods ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
The valuation techniques for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:
Investment Securities
When quoted prices are available in an active market, the Bank classifies the securities within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly liquid U.S. Government debt and equity securities.
If quoted market prices are not available, the Bank estimates fair values using pricing models and discounted cash flows that consider standard input factors such as observable market data, benchmark yields, interest rate volatilities, broker/dealer quotes, and credit spreads. Examples of such instruments, which would generally be classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include GSE obligations, corporate bonds, and other securities. Mortgage-backed securities are included in Level 2 if observable inputs are available. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, the Bank would classify those securities in Level 3. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank did not have any Level 3 securities.
82
Mortgage Servicing Rights
The fair value measurement of mortgage servicing rights is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques that incorporate assumptions that market participants would use in estimating the fair value of servicing rights. The most important of these assumptions is the interest rate used in discounting the future cash flows into their present value. Other assumptions might include estimates of prepayment speeds, costs to service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, prepayment and late fees, among other considerations. Mortgage servicing rights are considered a Level 3 measurement at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
Under certain circumstances the Bank makes adjustments to fair value for assets and liabilities even though they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. The following table presents the financial instruments carried on the consolidated statements of condition by caption and by level in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2013 and 2012, for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded:
|
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Total | |||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2013 |
||||||||||||||||
|
Financial assets: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Loans, net |
||||||||||||||||
|
Impaired loans |
$ | 0 | $ | 364 | $ | 0 | $ | 364 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Other assets |
||||||||||||||||
|
Other real estate owned |
$ | 0 | $ | 4,610 | $ | 0 | $ | 4,610 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||||||
|
Financial assets: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Loans, net |
||||||||||||||||
|
Impaired loans |
$ | 0 | $ | 250 | $ | 0 | $ | 250 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Other assets |
||||||||||||||||
|
Other real estate owned |
$ | 0 | $ | 4,384 | $ | 0 | $ | 4,384 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
In accordance with the provisions of loan impairment guidance of ASC Subtopic 310-10-35, individual loans with total carrying values of $394 and $662 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were written down to their fair value of $364 and $250, respectively, resulting in impairment charges of $30 and $412, respectively, which were recorded as charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses. Loans subject to write downs are estimated using the appraised value of the underlying collateral, discounted as necessary due to management’s estimates of changes in economic conditions, less estimated costs to sell.
In accordance with the provisions of the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets Subsections of ASC Subtopic 360–10, foreclosed assets with a carrying amount of $4.9 million at December 31, 2013, were written down to their fair value of $3.7 million, resulting in a loss of $1.2 million, which was deducted from earnings for the period. The Bank had foreclosed assets with a carrying amount of $100 at December 31, 2012, which were written down to their fair value of $79, resulting in a loss of $21, which was deducted from earnings for the period. Foreclosed assets subject to write downs is estimated using the appraised value of the underlying collateral, discounted as necessary due to management’s estimates of changes in economic conditions, less estimated costs to sell.
Additionally, the Bank also makes adjustments to nonfinancial assets and liabilities though they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. The Bank does not have nonfinancial assets or liabilities for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded during the periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
83
Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments
The estimated fair values of the Bank’s other financial instruments, excluding those assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis on the Bank’s consolidated statements of condition, are as follows:
| December 31, 2013 | December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
|
Carrying
Amount |
Fair Value |
Carrying
Amount |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
|
Financial assets: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 96,583 | $ | 96,583 | $ | 74,189 | $ | 74,189 | ||||||||
|
Interest bearing deposits with banks |
$ | 400 | $ | 400 | $ | 150 | $ | 150 | ||||||||
|
Investment securities held-to-maturity |
$ | 88,989 | $ | 88,820 | $ | 58,125 | $ | 60,221 | ||||||||
|
Loans |
$ | 875,173 | $ | 859,808 | $ | 762,945 | $ | 746,848 | ||||||||
|
Accrued interest receivable |
$ | 4,013 | $ | 4,013 | $ | 3,599 | $ | 3,599 | ||||||||
|
Financial liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
|
Deposits |
$ | 1,183,445 | $ | 1,185,531 | $ | 1,102,540 | $ | 1,107,142 | ||||||||
|
Accrued interest payable |
$ | 164 | $ | 164 | $ | 161 | $ | 161 | ||||||||
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 10,000 | $ | 10,000 | ||||||||
The following methods were used by the Company in estimating fair value for its financial instruments not previously disclosed:
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The carrying amount of cash and short-term instruments approximates fair value based on the short-term nature of the assets.
Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks
Fair values for other interest-bearing deposits are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on current rates for similar types of deposits.
Loans
For variable-rate loans that re-price frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for nonperforming loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.
Deposit Liabilities
The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (for example, interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies market interest rates currently on comparable instruments to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
Short-Term Borrowings
The carrying amounts of Federal Funds purchased and FHLB advances maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values.
Long-Term Borrowings
Fair value of FHLB advances maturing after ninety days is determined based on expected present value techniques based on current market rates for advances with similar terms and remaining maturities.
Accrued Interest
The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates fair value.
84
Exhibit 9.01
NOTICE OF TERMINATION OF VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT
This Notice of Termination of Voting Trust Agreement (this “ Notice ”) is made on February 13, 2014 (the “ Notice Date ”), between a Majority-In-Interest of the Shareholders of BankGuam Holding Company subscribing their names to this Notice on the execution page of this Notice (jointly and severally, the “ Shareholders ”) and Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). All of the above parties shall be referred to collectively as the “ Parties .”
R E C I T A L S
A. The Voting Trust Agreement was originally made on September 18, 1990 and subsequently amended twice, on July 8, 1991 and December 29, 1992 (collectively the “VTA”) for the purpose of securing continuity and stability in the management and policies of Bank of Guam.
B. Effective August 2011, BankGuam Holding Company, a Guam corporation (“ BankGuam ”) acquired Bank of Guam in a statutory share exchange (the “ Reorganization ”) previously approved by the Bank’s shareholders at a meeting held on May 3, 2010. Pursuant to the Reorganization, each outstanding share of the Bank’s common stock was converted into and exchanged for a newly-issued share of the BankGuam’s common stock, and the Bank became BankGuam’s wholly-owned subsidiary. As a result of the Reorganization, the shares of Bank of Guam covered by the VTA, were now the shares of BankGuam.
C. Pursuant to Section 9.03 of the VTA, the Shareholders desire to terminate the VTA and enter into a new Voting Trust Agreement (the “ New VTA”) consisting of substantially all of the original Shareholders of the VTA and additional shareholders of BankGuam under the New VTA.
D. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the VTA.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties acknowledge and agree as follows:
1. The Trustee delivered notice on January 9, 2014 to all parties to the VTA, calling a meeting of such parties to be held February 13, 2014, which notice satisfies the notice requirement under Section 9.03 of the VTA.
2. At the meeting held on February 13, 2014, a Majority-In-Interest of the Shares (as defined in the VTA) was present and voted in favor of terminating the VTA effective as of November 28, 2013.
3. The Parties acknowledge receipt of this Notice and agree with the termination of the VTA as described above.
4. This Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Notice of Termination of Voting Trust Agreement as of the Notice Date.
| BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY |
TRUSTEE |
|||||||
| By: |
/s/ FRANCISCO M. ATALIG FRANCISCO M. ATALIG |
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
||||||
THE JESUS S. LEON GUERRERO FAMILY TRUST
| By: |
/s/ EUGENIA A. LEON GUERRERO |
|
| EUGENIA A. LEON GUERRERO, | ||
| TRUSTEE |
|
/s/ EUGENIA A. LEON GUERRERO |
| EUGENIA A. LEON GUERRERO, |
LUIS G. CAMACHO & CYNTHIA L. CAMACHO, TRUSTEE FOR THE LUIS AND CYNTHIA CAMACHO LIVING TRUST DATED 3/20/09
| By: |
/s/ DR. LUIS G. CAMACHO |
|
| DR. LUIS G. CAMACHO, TRUSTEE | ||
| By: |
/s/ CYNTHIA L. CAMACHO |
|
| CYNTHIA L. CAMACHO, TRUSTEE | ||
|
/s/ RALPH G. SABLAN |
||
| RALPH G. SABLAN, MD | ||
| RALPH G. SABLAN MD, P.C. | ||
| By: |
/s/ RALPH G. SABLAN |
|
| RALPH G. SABLAN MD | ||
RALPH G. SABLAN & MARYANNE G. SABLAN, JOINT TENANTS
|
/s/ RALPH G. SABLAN |
| RALPH G. SABLAN MD |
|
/s/ MARY ANNE G. SABLAN |
| MARY ANNE G. SABLAN |
| ADA’S TRUST AND INVESTMENT, INC. |
| By: |
/s/ PEDRO P. ADA, JR. |
|
| PEDRO P. ADA, JR. |
| PEDRO P. ADA JR & FE P. ADA, JOINT TENANTS | ||
|
/s/ PEDRO P. ADA, JR. |
||
| PEDRO P. ADA, JR. | ||
|
/s/ FE P. ADA |
||
| FE P. ADA | ||
MARTIN D. LEON GUERRERO & BARBARA B. B. LEON GUERRERO, JOINT TENANTS
|
/s/ MARTIN D. LEON GUERRERO |
| MARTIN D. LEON GUERRERO |
|
/s/ BARBARA B.B. LEON GUERRERO |
| BARBARA B.B. LEON GUERRERO |
FELINO R. AMISTAD, JR., TRUSTEE FOR THE FELINO R. AMISTAD AND FULGENCIA R AMISTAD TRUST DATED 05/05/97
| By: |
/s/ FELINO B. AMISTAD, JR. |
|
| FELINO B. AMISTAD, JR., TRUSTEE |
|
/s/ VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO |
|
VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO |
VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO AND MACHELLE A.C. LEON GUERRERO JOINT TENANTS
|
/s/ VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO |
| VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO |
|
/s/ MACHELLE A.C. LEON GUERRERO |
| MACHELLE A.C. LEON GUERRERO |
|
/s/ AGNES LEON GUERRERO WINTERS |
| AGNES LEON GUERRERO WINTERS |
|
/s/ JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN |
| JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN |
JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN & CARMEN S. SAN AGUSTIN, JOINT TENANTS
|
/s/ JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN |
| JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN |
|
/s/ CARMEN S. SAN AGUSTIN |
||
| CARMEN S. SAN AGUSTIN | ||
| JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN – IRA | ||
| By: |
/s/ JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN |
|
| JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN | ||
|
/s/ JOHN S. SAN AGUSTIN |
||
| JOHN S. SAN AGUSTIN | ||
|
/s/ MICHAEL S. WU |
||
| MICHAEL S. WU | ||
|
/s/ JAMES S.K. WU |
||
| JAMES S.K. WU | ||
| THE CROUTHAMEL FAMILY TRUST | ||
| By: |
/s/ ROGER P. CROUTHAMEL |
|
| ROGER P. CROUTHAMEL, | ||
| TRUSTEE | ||
Exhibit 9.02
VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT
This Voting Trust Agreement (this “ VTA ”) is made on November 29, 2013, between those shareholders of BankGuam Holding Company subscribing their names to this VTA on the execution page of this VTA (jointly and severally, the “ Shareholders ”) and Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). All of the above parties shall be referred to collectively as the “ Parties .”
R E C I T A L S
D. This VTA is made for the purpose of securing continuity and stability in the management and policies of BankGuam Holding Company, a Guam corporation (“ BankGuam ”), and thereby protecting the investment of the Shareholders.
E. The Trustee is the President and Chairman of the Board of Directors of BankGuam and is also one of the Shareholders.
F. The Shareholders desire to grant to the Trustee certain powers and rights with respect to the shares of the common stock of BankGuam owned by the Shareholders, either directly or beneficially, as of the date of this VTA, a list of which shares along with the certificate numbers are attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Shares ”).
NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I. CONDITION
Section 1.01. Condition of Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this VTA is conditioned upon the approval by the Guam Banking Commission and such other governmental approvals as may be required by the laws of the United States or Guam.
ARTICLE II. LEGEND ON SHARE CERTIFICATES
Section 2.01. Legend on Share Certificates . Each of the Shareholders agrees that, promptly upon the execution of this VTA, each of the Shareholders shall deliver to BankGuam the share certificates representing all of the Shares (the “ Share Certificates ”) for the purpose of imprinting the following legend on the face of each Share Certificate:
“THE VOTING RIGHTS AND CERTAIN OTHER RIGHTS OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS SHARE CERTIFICATE, AND ANY SHARES OF BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY AND THE SALE, TRANSFER AND HYPOTHECATION OF THE SHARES, ARE RESTRICTED BY PROVISIONS OF THAT CERTAIN VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT (THE “VTA”) BETWEEN CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS OF BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY AND LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO, AS TRUSTEE, AND BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY DATED November 29, 2013. A COPY OF THE VTA MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY AND ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE VTA ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS SHARE CERTIFICATE.”
Section 2.02. Filing of Copy of VTA . The Trustee shall deliver copies of this VTA to the Secretary of BankGuam. This VTA may be inspected by any Shareholder of BankGuam or any agent of any such Shareholder upon the same terms as the records of BankGuam may be inspected by such persons.
ARTICLE III. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES
Section 3.01. Transfer Restrictions . No Shareholders may transfer or in any way dispose of any of his or her Shares or any right or interest therein without first complying with the provisions of this Article III; provided, however, that a transfer by a Shareholder of his or her Shares to his or her spouse or to his or her direct descendants or to a trust for the benefit of the Shareholder or any of the foregoing or to a corporation wholly owned by the Shareholder or any of the foregoing (a “ Permitted Transferee ”) shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions of this Article III. Any Permitted Transferee who receives any of the Shares shall automatically become a party to this VTA, and hold all such Shares subject to all of the provisions and restrictions of this VTA, and such Shares may not thereafter be transferred except in the manner and on the terms provided in this VTA.
Section 3.02. Transfer Notice . At least thirty (30) days prior to any proposed transfer, other than a transfer to a Permitted Transferee, by any Shareholder (the “ Transferring Shareholder ”) of any of his or her Shares, or any right or interest therein, the Transferring Shareholder will provide written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Trustee and the other Shareholders (the “ Non-Transferring Shareholders ”). The Transfer Notice will set forth the name of the proposed transferee, the number of Shares to be transferred, and price offered per Share, the terms of payment, and any other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer (the “ Transferee’s Terms and Conditions ”).
Section 3.03. Meeting . Upon receipt of the Transfer Notice, the Trustee will call a meeting of the Non-Transferring Shareholders so that they may exercise the right to purchase the Shares of the Transferring Shareholder. Such meeting will be held within twenty (20) days from the date of service of the Transfer Notice upon the Trustee.
Section 3.04. Right to Purchase Shares . The Non-Transferring Shareholders shall have the right to purchase the Shares from the Transferring Shareholder upon the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Transfer Notice. The Non-Transferring Shareholders electing to purchase the Shares (the “ Electing Shareholders ”) may purchase such Shares in the proportion that the number of Shares held by each Electing Shareholder bears to the total number of Shares held by all Electing Shareholders, or in such other proportions as the Electing Shareholders may otherwise agree.
Section 3.05. Purchase of One Hundred Per Cent . The right of the Non-Transferring Shareholders to exercise the right to purchase the Shares of the Transferring Shareholder as set forth in this Article III is subject to and dependent upon their purchase of one hundred per cent (100%) of the Shares set forth in the Transfer Notice.
Section 3.06. Exercise of Option . To exercise the right to purchase the Shares of the Transferring Shareholder, the Trustee on behalf of the Electing Shareholders will serve, within thirty (30) days of the date of service of the Transfer Notice upon the Trustee, written notice upon the Transferring Shareholder setting forth the names of each Electing Shareholder and the number of Shares each Electing Shareholder has elected to purchase. Any Shares purchased by the Electing Shareholders pursuant to this Article III shall continue to be held subject to all of the provisions and restrictions of this VTA, and may not thereafter be transferred except in the manner and on the terms provided in this VTA.
Section 3.07. Transfer to Transferee . If, within thirty (30) days from the date of service of the Transfer Notice upon the Trustee, the Non-Transferring Shareholders have not elected to purchase all the Shares of the Transferring Shareholder on the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice, the Transferring Shareholder may then transfer the Shares free of the provisions and restrictions of this VTA to the proposed transferee, but only at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.
Section 3.08. Limitation on Transfer . If the Shares have not been transferred to the proposed transferee within forty (40) days from the date of service of the Transfer Notice upon the Trustee, the Shares may not thereafter be transferred except in the manner and on the terms provided in this VTA.
Section 3.09. Transfers in Violation of Article III . Any transfer in violation of this Article III shall be subject to the provisions of Article IV.
ARTICLE IV. PROHIBITED TRANSFERS.
Section 4.01. Option to Purchase . If any Shareholder transfers or disposes of any of his or her Shares without complying with the provisions of Article III of this VTA (a “ Prohibited Transfer ”), the Transferee shall then hold all of such Shares subject to all of the provisions and restrictions of this VTA, and such Shares may not thereafter be transferred except in the manner and on the terms provided in this VTA. Additionally, the Non-Transferring Shareholders shall have the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the Shares of the Transferee for cash at the purchase price as hereinafter determined (the “ Purchase Price ”). The term of the Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall continue from the date of the Prohibited Transfer until three (3) years following receipt by the Trustee and the Non-Transferring Shareholders of written notice of the Prohibited Transfer (the “ Prohibited Transfer Notice ”). The Prohibited Transfer Notice shall set forth the name of the Transferring Shareholder, the name of the Transferee, the consideration paid for the Shares, if any, and the date of the Prohibited Transfer.
Section 4.02. Shareholder Notice of Meeting . If at any time during the Option Term any Non-Transferring Shareholder desires to exercise the Option, such Non-Transferring Shareholder shall provide written notice to the Trustee and the other Non-Transferring Shareholders stating that such Non-Transferring Shareholder desires to exercise the Option to purchase the Shares of the Transferee (the “ Shareholder Notice ”). Upon receipt of the Shareholder Notice, the Trustee shall call a meeting of the Non-Transferring Shareholders. The meeting of the Non-Transferring Shareholders will be held within thirty (30) days from the date of service of the Shareholder Notice upon the Trustee. The election to exercise the Option shall be made only upon a vote of a Majority-In-Interest of the Shares. If a Majority-In-Interest of the Shares does not agree to exercise the Option to purchase the Shares, the Option shall continue and any Shareholders may thereafter send a new Shareholder Notice in accordance with this Section 4.02.
Section 4.03. Shares Purchased in Proportion to Ownership . When a Majority-In-Interest of the Shares agree to exercise the Option, the Shares subject to the Option shall be purchased in the proportion that the number of Shares held by each Non-Transferring Shareholder electing to purchase the Shares (the “ Electing Shareholders ”) bears the total number of Shares held by all Electing Shareholders, or in such other proportion as the Electing Shareholders may otherwise agree.
Section 4.04. Purchase of One Hundred Per Cent (100%) . The right of the Non-Transferring Shareholders to exercise the Option is subject to and dependent upon the purchase of one hundred per cent (100%) of the Shares received by the Transferee.
Section 4.05. Exercise of Option . To exercise the Option, the Trustee, on behalf of the Electing Shareholders shall serve written notice upon the Transferee (the “ Option Notice ”) exercising the Option and setting forth the name of each Electing Shareholder and the number of Shares each Electing Shareholder has elected to purchase.
Section 4.06. Agreement on Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of the Shares subject to the Option shall be the lower of the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the Prohibited Transfer (the “ Transfer Fair Market Value ”) or the Fair Market Value at the time of the exercise of the Option (the “ Option Fair Market Value ”). Within sixty (60) days following the Option Notice, the Transferee and the Electing Shareholders shall agree upon the Purchase Price. If the parties are unable to agree on the Purchase Price within said sixty (60) day period, then within thirty (30) days after the expiration of that period, the Transferee and the Electing Shareholders shall each engage at their own cost an appraiser to act on their behalf in determining the Purchase Price for the Shares. If either the Electing Shareholders or the Transferee fail to appoint an appraiser within such thirty (30) day period, then the single appraiser appointed shall be the sole appraiser and shall set the Purchase Price for the Shares subject to the Option. If the two appraisers are appointed and they are unable to agree on the Purchase Price within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the second appraiser, then the two appraisers, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, shall select a third appraiser. The Transferee and the Electing Shareholders shall each bear one-half (1/2) of the cost of the third appraiser. Within fifteen (15) days after the selection of the third appraiser a majority of the appraisers shall agree upon the Purchase Price. If a majority of the appraisers is unable to agree upon the Purchase Price within the stipulated period, each appraiser shall within fifteen (15) days thereafter render a separate appraisal. The Purchase Price arrived at by the three appraisers shall be averaged and the resulting average shall be deemed the Purchase Price, except that if the Purchase Price arrived at in any of the appraisals is more than ten per cent (10%) higher or lower than the middle appraiser Purchase Price, such higher or lower appraisal shall be discarded and the remaining two appraised values shall be averaged.
Section 4.07. Purchase of Shares . Within thirty (30) days following the determination of the Purchase Price, the Electing Shareholders shall purchase all of the Shares of the Transferee received in the Prohibited Transaction for cash. The Shares purchased shall continue to be held pursuant to the provisions and restrictions of this VTA, and may not thereafter be transferred except in the manner and on the terms provided in this VTA.
ARTICLE V. VOTING AND ACTION BY TRUSTEE
Section 5.01. Voting of Shares . Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 5.02 and Section 10.01, the Trustee shall possess and have unrestricted discretion with respect to the Shares to exercise, in person or by her nominee or proxy, the unqualified right to vote, consent to or take any shareholder action of any kind whatsoever concerning BankGuam; provided, however , that in selecting a nominee or proxy under this VTA, the Trustee shall select only a nominee or proxy who is either a Shareholder, a member of the Board of Directors of BankGuam or an officer of BankGuam holding the position of Assistant Vice President or above. The right of the Trustee to vote, consent to or take any shareholder action with respect to the Shares shall include, without limitation, the right (subject to the provisions of Section 10.01) to vote for or against the election of any director (including the right to vote for herself and/or any member of her family as a director); to vote for or against the removal of any director; to vote for or against any resolution; to vote for or against any proposed dissolution or liquidation, merger or consolidation of BankGuam; to vote for or against a sale of all or substantially all of BankGuam’s assets; to vote for or against the issuance or creation of additional securities; to vote for or against the creation of additional securities; to vote for or against the creation of additional subsidiaries for BankGuam; to consent or not consent to any matter which may require the consent of the Shareholders of BankGuam; or to vote for or against any matter which may be presented at any meeting of the shareholders of BankGuam (whether or not notice of such matter to be voted on has been given to the Shareholders), including the right to vote for any matter which may be of benefit to the Trustee or members of the Trustee’s family or to vote against any matter which may be of detriment to the Trustee or members of the Trustee’s family. The right to vote for or against any matter shall include the right to abstain or otherwise withhold a vote on that matter.
Section 5.02. Notice of Shareholder Action . To the extent feasible, the Trustee shall provide each of the Shareholders with at least ten (10) days written notice of any action which the Trustee proposes to take prior to exercising the right to vote, consent to or take any shareholder action as authorized under this VTA. The Trustee may exercise the right to vote, consent to or take the proposed shareholder action set forth in the notice to the Shareholders unless the Trustee is advised within ten (10) days following the date of service of the notice upon the Shareholders in writing by Shareholders holding a Majority-In-Interest of the Shares that the Trustee is not authorized to take the proposed action.
Section 5.03. Trustee’s Relationship with BankGuam . The Trustee, her agents or affiliates, may contract, or have any financial dealings, with BankGuam, or any of their affiliated corporations, as fully and freely as though the Trustee were not a Trustee under this VTA. The Trustee, her employees or agents, may act as directors or officers of BankGuam or of any affiliated corporations.
Section 5.04. Compensation of Trustee. The Trustee shall serve without compensation.
Section 5.05. Expenses . The Trustee is expressly authorized to incur and pay such reasonable expenses and charges, and to employ and pay such agents, attorneys, and consultants as the Trustee may deem necessary and proper for administering this VTA. The Shareholders and each of them agree to reimburse the Trustee for such expenses and charges in proportion to that Shareholder’s proportionate interest in the Shares at the time such expenses or charge is incurred. The Shareholders authorize BankGuam upon written application by the Trustee to deduct any such expenses and charges not paid by the Shareholders from dividends or other distributions to be made to such Shareholders and to pay such sums to the Trustee. The Trustee shall be entitled to a lien for such expenses and charges upon the Shares, funds, or other property of the Shareholders in the possession of BankGuam.
Section 5.06. Trustee’s Liability . The Trustee shall not be liable in acting on any notice, request, consent, certificate, instruction or other paper or document or signature believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties. The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment of mistake of fact or law, or for any action or omissions undertaken in good faith concerning his powers and duties under this VTA. The Trustee may consult with legal counsel, and any action taken under this VTA in good faith by the Trustee in accordance with the opinion of legal counsel shall be binding and conclusive on the Parties.
Section 5.07. Limitations on Lawsuits Against Officers and Directors . The Parties agree that one of the objectives of this VTA is to preclude the cost and expense of disruptive intracorporate litigation. To that end, the Parties agree that if any Shareholder seeks to institute, or in any way to assist or abet, any litigation purporting to be on behalf of BankGuam, or any of its affiliated corporations, in such Shareholder’s capacity as a share owner, against any officer or director of BankGuam, or any of its affiliated corporations, such Shareholder (the “ Litigating Shareholder ”) shall be deemed to have given a Transfer of Notice under Section 3.02 above, as of the date such suit is filed and served (the “ trigger date ”), proposing to transfer all of the Litigating Shareholder’s Shares to BankGuam at a price computed as the net book value per share of such shares as of the last day of the fiscal year immediately preceding the trigger date, provided , however , that Section 4.04 shall not apply to the procedure, and the Non-Transferring Shareholders need not purchase one hundred percent (100%) of the Shares of the Litigating Shareholder.
ARTICLE VI. DIVIDENDS AND NEW SHARES
Section 6.01. Cash Dividends . The Shareholders (other than a Litigating Shareholder) shall be entitled to receive all cash dividends except as provided in Section 5.05.
Section 6.02. Additional Shares . If any Shareholder receives any additional shares of BankGuam during the term of this VTA (the “ Additional Shares ”), as a dividend, or distribution, or through the exercise of subscription rights or through purchase, gift, inheritance or otherwise, such Additional Shares shall become subject to all of the provisions and restrictions of this VTA, and may not thereafter be transferred except in the manner and on the terms provided in this VTA. The Trustee shall amend Exhibit A of this VTA to reflect the Shareholder’s receipt of such Additional Shares.
ARTICLE VII. TRUSTEE
Section 7.01. Term of Trustee . Unless the Trustee resigns, becomes incapacitated, or dies, the Trustee shall serve for the entire term of this VTA. The Trustee’s successor shall be appointed as provided in Section 7.03 of this VTA.
Section 7.02. Resignation of Trustee . The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of her resignation to the Shareholders.
Section 7.03. Successor Trustee . The Executing Trustee as defined in Section 11.03 shall have the right to name in writing a successor Trustee (the “ Successor Trustee ”) to succeed her as trustee under this VTA. The Trustee shall deliver written notice of the name of the Successor Trustee to the Shareholders and BankGuam. The Trustee shall have the right to change the name of the Successor Trustee upon written notice to the Shareholders and BankGuam at any time before the Trustee resigns, becomes incapacitated, or dies. If the Trustee does not name a Successor Trustee, or if the Successor Trustee is unable to act or does not agree to act as Trustee under this VTA, then the Successor Trustee shall be elected by an affirmative vote of a Majority-in-Interest of the Shares. If the Executing Trustee names her Successor Trustee, that Successor Trustee shall have the same right as the Executing Trustee to name in writing his or her Successor Trustee. Thereafter the Successor Trustee shall be elected by an affirmative vote of a Majority-In-Interest of the Shares. Any Successor Trustee shall execute a copy of this VTA agreeing to act as Trustee in accordance with the terms of this VTA.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Successor Trustee shall succeed the Executing Trustee or a prior Successor Trustee under this VTA unless such a successor Trustee has complied into the requirements of the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as then in effect, including submission to the Federal Reserve of a Notice of Acquisition of Control, if any such requirement is necessary.
ARTICLE VIII. BOOKS AND RECORDS
Section 8.01. Record of Shares . The Trustee shall request BankGuam to maintain a record of all Share Certificates of BankGuam which are subject to this VTA, indicating the name in which the Shares are held, the date of issuance of the Shares, the class and series of the Shares, the number of the Shares, and the number of the certificate or certificates representing those Shares.
Section 8.02. Inspection of Records . The books and records of this Trust shall be open to inspection by any of the Parties at any reasonable time. The inspection may be made at the office of BankGuam and shall include the right to make copies of the books and records; provided, however , that any such activity must be conducted with reasonable notice first given to BankGuam and the Trustee.
ARTICLE IX. TERM OF TRUST
Section 9.01. Irrevocability of Trust . Except as otherwise provided in this VTA, the Trust created by this VTA is hereby expressly declared to be irrevocable.
Section 9.02. Termination . This VTA shall terminate on December 31, 2040, or upon any later date to which the term of this VTA is extended by the Shareholders and the Trustee in writing.
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, this VTA shall terminate no later than twenty-one (21) years, plus any period of gestation involved, after the death of the last of the Executing Shareholders natural children living on the date of this VTA. It is the intent and purpose of this clause that this VTA shall terminate within the period of the rule against perpetuities and that no interest created herein shall be construed in such a manner that it will be invalid under that rule.
Section 9.03. Termination by Majority . The Shareholders agree that this VTA may be terminated by the vote of a Majority-In-Interest of the Shares owned by the Shareholders at a meeting called by any Shareholder upon thirty (30) days written notice.
ARTICLE X. REPRESENTATION ON THE BOARD
Section 10.01. Representation . The Trustee is a director of the Bank of Guam, a wholly owned subsidiary of the BankGuam (“ Bank ”) and BankGuam. Each of the Shareholders executing this VTA (the “ Executing Shareholders ”) is a director of the Bank and BankGuam, except Eugenia A. Leon Guerrero, who was a former director of the Bank and whose grandson (Joaquin P.L.G. Cook) is filling the Jesus S. Leon Guerrero family directorship, Pedro P. Ada, who was a former director of the Bank and whose daughter (Patricia P. Ada) is filling the Ada family directorship, Vincent Leon Guerrero, whose brother (Martin Leon Guerrero) is filling the Francisco Leon Guerrero family directorship, Agnes Leon Guerrero Winters, whose brother (Martin Leon Guerrero) is filling the Francisco Leon Guerrero family directorship, John S. San Agustin, whose father (Joe T. San Agustin) is filling the Joe T. San Agustin family directorship, Felino B. Amistad, Trustee of the Felino B. Amistad & Fulgencia R. Amistad Trust, James S. K. Wu and Michael S. Wu. The Trustee agrees that so long as the Shares which are the subject of this VTA continue to be held of record by one of the Executing Shareholders, or by a Permitted Transferee of such Executing Shareholder, the Trustee shall nominate and vote the Shares to the extent such Shares are not required to elect herself to the Board of Directors of BankGuam, (a) to the Board of Directors of BankGuam each Executing Shareholder who is presently a director and each Executing Shareholder who presently has a person filling his or her directorship, or (b) if such Executing Shareholder is unwilling or unable to act as a director, to elect a Permitted Transferee of that Executing Shareholder, as determined by the person or entity holding legal title to the Shares, to fill his or her vacancy on the Board of Directors of BankGuam. If there is one or more vacancies on the Board of Directors and this VTA does not require the Trustee to fill that vacancy by voting the Shares for an Executing Shareholder or a Permitted Transferee of an Executing Shareholder, then the Trustee shall nominate and vote the Shares to the extent the Shares are not previously committed, to elect Felino B. Amistad, Trustee of the Felino B. Amistad & Fulgencia R. Amistad Trust, or one of their Permitted Transferees to fill such vacancy. If there is no Permitted Transferee over the age of twenty-one (21) years or if the person or entity holding legal title to the Shares does not determine which Permitted Transferee is to fill such vacancy, then the Trustee shall nominate and vote such Shares in her sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee shall not vote the Shares for any person who is disapproved by a Majority-in-Interest of the Shares in accordance with Section 5.02 of this VTA.
ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.01. Place of Performance . This VTA is made, executed, and entered into at Hagatña, Guam, and it is mutually agreed that its performance shall be made at Hagatña, Guam.
Section 11.02. Governing Law . This VTA is intended by the Parties to be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Territory of Guam as in effect on the date of execution of this VTA.
Section 11.03. Partial Invalidity . If any term, covenant or condition of this VTA, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this VTA, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
Section 11.04. Construction by Trustee . The Trustee is authorized and empowered to construe this VTA and his reasonable construction made in good faith shall be conclusive and binding upon all Parties.
Section 11.05. Definitions . Except as specifically provided herein, the use of the terms “ Trustee ” shall include a Successor Trustee; the use of the term “ Executing Trustee ” shall mean . . . that Trustee executing this VTA, namely Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, and shall not include a Successor Trustee; the use of the term “ Shareholders ” shall include Permitted Transferees; and the use of the term “ Executing Shareholders ” shall mean only those Shareholders executing this VTA and shall not include Permitted Transferees. The term “ Majority-in- Interest of the Shares ” as used in this VTA shall mean a majority of the number of Shares owned by the Shareholders.
Section 11.06. Merger or Consolidation . In the event that BankGuam shall merge into or consolidate with another corporation or corporations, or in the event that all or substantially all of the assets of BankGuam are transferred to another corporation the shares of which are issued to shareholders of BankGuam in connection with such transfer, then the term “ BankGuam ” shall be construed to include such successor corporation and the Trustee shall receive and hold under this VTA the same rights in the Shares of the successor corporation owned by the Shareholders as he holds in the Shares of BankGuam owned by the Shareholders under this VTA before such merger, consolidation, or transfer.
Section 11.07. Notice to Trustee . Any notice to be given to the Trustee under this VTA shall be sufficiently given if mailed postage prepaid to the Trustee at Post Office Box BW, Hagatña, Guam 96910, or at such other address as the Trustee may from time to time designate by written notice given to the Shareholders.
Section 11.08. Notice of Shareholders . Any notice to be given to the Shareholders shall be sufficiently given if mailed, postage prepaid, to the Shareholders at the addresses of such Shareholders appearing on the books and records of the Bank. Any notice delivered under this VTA shall be deemed to have been delivered at the time deposited in the mail.
Section 11.09. Execution of Counterparts . This VTA shall be prepared in multiple copies and forwarded to each of the Parties for execution. All of the signatures may be affixed to one copy or to separate copies and when all such copies are received, and signed by all the Parties, they shall constitute one agreement. The Trustee shall request BankGuam to keep all of such signed copies, to conform one copy to show all of the signatures and the dates thereof, to mail a copy of such conformed copy to each of the Parties and to cause such conformed copies to be filed in the office of the Secretary of the BankGuam.
Section 11.10. Amendment of this VTA . If at any time the Trustee deems it advisable to amend this VTA, she shall submit such amendment to the Shareholders for their approval at a special meeting or such
Shareholders which shall be called for that purpose. If, at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, the proposed amendment shall be approved by the affirmative vote of a Majority-In-Interest of the Shares owned by the Shareholders, the proposed amendment so approved shall become a part of this VTA as if originally incorporated herein; provided, however , that no such amendment shall adversely and materially affect the rights as a group of those Shareholders not approving the amendment; and further provided that the term of this VTA may only be extended by an amendment unanimously approved by the Shareholders and the Trustee.
Section 11.11. Advice of Counsel . Each of the Parties agrees and represents that he or she has been represented by his or her own counsel with regard to the execution of this VTA or that, if acting without counsel, he or she has had adequate opportunity and has been encouraged to take the advice of his or her own counsel before the execution of this VTA.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Voting Trust Agreement on the dates indicated below.
|
Consent to this Agreement
BANKGUAM HOLDING COMPANY |
TRUSTEE | |||||
| By: |
/s/ FRANCISCO M. ATALIG |
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
||||
|
FRANCISCO M. ATALIG |
LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO | |||||
| Dated: December 3, 2013 | Dated: December 3, 2013 | |||||
|
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 3, 2013 |
|||||
| LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
| LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO AND JEFFREY COOK, JOINT TENANTS | ||||||
|
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 3, 2013 |
|||||
| LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
|
/s/ JEFFREY COOK |
Dated: December 3, 2013 |
|||||
| JEFFREY COOK | ||||||
| LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO CUSTODIAN FOR ANA-LOURDES SHIMIZU COOK | ||||||
| By: |
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 3, 2013 |
||||
| LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO, | ||||||
| CUSTODIAN | ||||||
| LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO CUSTODIAN FOR NAIMA S. COOK | ||||||
| By: |
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 3, 2013 |
||||
| LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO, | ||||||
| CUSTODIAN | ||||||
LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO CUSTODIAN FOR DEXTER JEFFREY HUYNH
| By: |
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 3, 2013 | ||||
| LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO, | ||||||
| CUSTODIAN | ||||||
| THE JESUS S. LEON GUERRERO FAMILY TRUST | ||||||
| By: |
/s/ EUGENIA A. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 3, 2013 | ||||
| EUGENIA A. LEON GUERRERO, | ||||||
| TRUSTEE | ||||||
|
/s/ EUGENIA A. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 3, 2013 | |||||
| EUGENIA A. LEON GUERRERO, | ||||||
|
/s/ WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 5, 2013 | |||||
| WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
|
/s/ ZITA T. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 5, 2013 | |||||
| ZITA T. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
| WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO AND ZITA T. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
|
/s/ WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 5, 2013 | |||||
| WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
|
/s/ ZITA T. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 5, 2013 | |||||
| ZITA T. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
| LUIS G. CAMACHO & CYNTHIA L. CAMACHO, TRUSTEE FOR THE LUIS AND CYNTHIA CAMACHO LIVING TRUST DATED 3/20/09 | ||||||
| By: |
/s/ DR. LUIS G. CAMACHO |
Dated: December 9, 2013 | ||||
| DR. LUIS G. CAMACHO, TRUSTEE | ||||||
| By: |
/s/ CYNTHIA L. CAMACHO |
Dated: December 9, 2013 | ||||
| CYNTHIA L. CAMACHO | ||||||
|
/s/ RALPH G. SABLAN |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | |||||
| RALPH G. SABLAN MD | ||||||
| RALPH G. SABLAN MD, P.C. | ||||||
| By: |
/s/ RALPH G. SABLAN |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | ||||
| RALPH G. SABLAN MD | ||||||
| RALPH G. SABLAN & MARYANNE G. SABLAN, JOINT TENANTS | ||||||
|
/s/ RALPH G. SABLAN |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | |||||
| RALPH G. SABLAN MD | ||||||
|
/s/ MARY ANNE G. SABLAN |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | |||||
| MARY ANNE G. SABLAN | ||||||
| MARTIN D. LEON GUERRERO & BARBARA B. B. LEON GUERRERO, JOINT TENANTS | ||||||
|
/s/ MARTIN D. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | |||||
| MARTIN D. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
|
/s/ BARBARA B.B. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | |||||
| BARBARA B.B. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
| FELINO R. AMISTAD, JR., TRUSTEE FOR THE FELINO R. AMISTAD AND FULGENCIA R AMISTAD TRUST DATED 05/05/97 | ||||||
| By: |
/s/ FELINO B. AMISTAD |
Dated: November 29, 2013 | ||||
| FELINO B. AMISTAD, TRUSTEE | ||||||
| ADA’S TRUST AND INVESTMENT, INC. | ||||||
| By: |
/s/ PEDRO P. ADA JR. |
Dated: December 10, 2013 | ||||
| PEDRO P. ADA JR. | ||||||
| PEDRO P. ADA JR & FE P. ADA, JOINT TENANTS | ||||||
|
/s/ PEDRO P. ADA JR. |
Dated: December 10, 2013 | |||||
| PEDRO P. ADA JR. | ||||||
|
/s/ FE P. ADA |
Dated: December 10, 2013 | |||||
| FE P. ADA | ||||||
|
/s/ VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 27, 2013 | |||||
| VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
| VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO AND MACHELLE A.C. LEON GUERRERO JOINT TENANTS | ||||||
|
/s/ VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 27, 2013 | |||||
| VINCENT A. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
|
/s/ MACHELLE A.C. LEON GUERRERO |
Dated: December 27, 2013 | |||||
| MACHELLE A.C. LEON GUERRERO | ||||||
|
/s/ AGNES LEON GUERRERO WINTERS |
Dated: December 5, 2013 | |||||
| AGNES LEON GUERRERO WINTERS | ||||||
|
/s/ JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | |||||
| JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN | ||||||
| JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN & CARMEN S. SAN AGUSTIN, JOINT TENANTS | ||||||
|
/s/ JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | |||||
| JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN | ||||||
|
/s/ CARMEN S. SAN AGUSTIN |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | |||||
| CARMEN S. SAN AGUSTIN | ||||||
| JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN – IRA | ||||||
| By: |
/s/ JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN |
Dated: December 6, 2013 | ||||
| JOE T. SAN AGUSTIN | ||||||
|
/s/ JOHN S. SAN AGUSTIN |
Dated: December 2, 2013 | |||||
| JOHN S. SAN AGUSTIN | ||||||
|
/s/ MICHAEL S. WU |
Dated: November 30, 2013 | |||||
| MICHAEL S. WU | ||||||
|
/s/ JAMES S.K. WU |
Dated: November 29, 2013 | |||||
| JAMES S.K. WU | ||||||
Exhibit 10.01
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the 1 st day of May 2013 by and between BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation (herein called the “Bank”) and LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO, (herein called the “President”) (herein called “Agreement”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties to the Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:
1. Employment . Bank hereby designates and employs President, and President hereby accepts employment with Bank, as its President and Chief Executive Officer.
2. Term . This Agreement shall be for a term commencing from January 1, 2013, and terminating on December 31, 2017.
3. Duties . President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors of said Bank, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Bank. President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of the President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Bank, or the By-Laws. In connection therewith, upon direction of the Board of Directors, President shall make necessary and reasonable business trips for which she will be reimbursed or expenses will be provided in accordance with such regulations as may be established by the Board of Directors. Included herewith shall be trips to visit with officials of correspondent banks and technical seminars as may be available.
4. Extent of Services . President shall devote her full time, attention and energy to the business of Bank and shall not, during the term of this Agreement, be engaged in any other business activities, unless such activities are reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of Bank not to be in competition or in conflict with the commercial banking business of Bank.
5. Base Compensation . As regular compensation for President’s services hereunder, Bank shall pay President an annual base salary of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars and 00/100 ($300, 000.00) during each year of the term hereof, payable in equal installments not less frequently than monthly (herein called “Base Compensation”).
6. Adjustments to Base Compensation . The Base Compensation shall be adjusted annually to reflect the increase, if any, in the cost-of-living by adding thereto an amount obtained by multiplying the Base Compensation by the percentage of which the level of the Consumer Price Index for the United States has increased over its level as of the date of commencement of the term of Agreement (herein called, together with Base Compensation, the “Adjusted Base Compensation”).
Following the end of each year of this Agreement and within thirty (30) days after the release of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics of the figures for such year, Bank shall pay to the President the amount of any additional compensation to which she is entitled as a result of such cost-of-living adjustment.
7. Incentive Bonus . As an incentive to President for her continuing services and contributions to the growth and profitability of Bank, President shall be paid, in addition to her Adjusted Base Compensation, an Incentive Bonus as follows:
(a) Subject to the quarterly adjustments at Section 8 below, an amount equal to two percent (2%) of current net profits of the Bank after taxes or Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), which ever is less, payable in capital stocks of the Bank or in cash, or combination, at the option of President. The maximum amount shall be subject to review by the Board of Directors of Bank annually and appropriate adjustments shall then be made.
(b) The Incentive Bonus shall be computed and payable quarterly, within fifteen (15) days following each quarter except that each of the first quarterly payments of the Incentive Bonus shall be subject to adjustment, either increase or decrease, depending on the Bank’s final audited financial statements of the preceding year by the Bank’s independent accountants.
(c) At the option of the President, the Board of Directors are authorized to defer up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of the annual incentive bonuses payable by receiving, in lieu of cash, fully vested Phantom Stock Units paying dividend equivalents, such Phantom Stock Units to equal the amount deferred, coupled with an option to purchase at the then fair market value three (3) shares of the Common Stock of the Bank of Guam for each one Phantom Stock Unit granted.
(d) President shall have the right to (1) continue to hold both the Phantom Stock Units and the Stock Options and receive on each Phantom Stock Unit an amount equivalent to the dividend paid on each share of Common Stock (the “ Dividend Equivalent ”); or (2) tender her Phantom Stock Units to the Bank for purchase by the Bank at the then fair market value; or (3) exercise her Stock Options. Upon tender by President of her Phantom Stock Units for cash she will forfeit her rights to the Stock Options; or upon exercise of her Stock Options she will forfeit her rights to the Phantom Stock Units and the Dividend Equivalents.
8. Adjustments To Bonus . On an annual basis, the President shall submit an annual budget and strategic plan to the Board. Based upon the criteria contained within the budget and strategic plan, the Incentive Bonus of the President shall be adjusted on a quarterly basis as follows:
(a) If the then current Return on Equity (ROE) of the Bank is below the preceding three-year average ROE of the Bank, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);
(b) If the then current Return on Assets (ROA) of the Bank is less than that of the Bank’s peer group as published in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) Uniform Bank Performance Report, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);
(c) If the then current Bank’s FDIC Commercial Examination Composite Rating (FDIC Rating) is 2 or better, there shall be no reduction to the Incentive Bonus; if the FDIC Rating is 3, then Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%); if the FDIC Rating is 4, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifty percent (50%); if the FDIC Rating is 5, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by one-hundred percent (100%);
(d) If the then current Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital of the Bank plus the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses is greater than twenty-five percent (25%), then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);
(e) If the Efficiency Ratio of the Bank does not meet the following goals of the Bank, the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by five percent (5%):
|
Year |
Goal |
|
|
2013 |
75% | |
|
2014 |
74% | |
|
2015 |
73% | |
|
2016 |
72% | |
|
2017 |
71% |
For purposes of this Section 8, the ROA, ROE, FDIC Rating, Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital, Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Efficiency Ratio shall all be derived from any report of management submitted to the Board of Directors at the Board Meeting immediately preceding the date of any adjustment. If any dispute arises as to the calculations of any of such figures, the Compensation Committee, subject to Board approval, shall make the sole determination of such figures using whatever resources the Committee shall deem reasonably necessary. Attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof by this reference as Exhibit A, is a worksheet, which shall be used by the Bank to calculate the Incentive Bonus of the President.
9. Other Compensation or Benefits . In addition to the Adjusted Base Compensation and Incentive Bonus and any other compensation provided hereunder, Bank shall provide President with the following:
(a) A one-month vacation, at full pay.
(b) A health insurance, an accident insurance and disability insurance of a type and in an amount generally made available by Bank to its executive employees, at Bank’s sole cost and expense.
(c) A group term life insurance that is generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost. As additional consideration for the making of this Agreement by the President, the Bank agrees that such policy shall at Bank’s sole cost and expense be maintained in full force and effect at all times from the date hereof, if conditions of Bank’s group insurance coverage permit, during the remaining life of the President, and until her death, notwithstanding and regardless of the conclusion of term of this Agreement, the termination of employment of the President by the Bank in the capacity of President or any change in the capacity of her employment or the terms or conditions thereof, and without any condition whatsoever other than the making of this Agreement.
(d) A motor vehicle, at Bank’s sole cost and expense, together with comprehensive insurance including public liability, in amounts not less than the amount required by law. All reasonable operating expenses shall be paid by Bank.
(e) A membership in a golf and country club located within the Bank’s service area, at Bank’s sole cost and expense. Upon termination of this Agreement, Bank’s obligation to pay the fixed monthly dues for such membership shall cease and the ownership of such membership shall vest in the President, provided, however, that President continues to pay such fixed monthly dues from the date of termination.
(f) Free utilities-power, water, sewer, telephone-at the President’s primary residence.
(g) A life insurance on such terms as is mutually agreeable between the parties, at Bank’s sole expense and cost, in the sum of $500,000.00.
(h) A bank owned life insurance that offers retirement benefits that is or will be made generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost.
10. Business Expenses . Bank shall pay or reimburse President upon submission of an itemized account by her for all reasonable business expenses incurred by President in promoting, pursuing or otherwise furthering the business of Bank, including, but not limited to expenses for travel, meals, hotel accommodations, entertainment, gifts and the like.
11. Payments Following Disability . Upon the permanent disability of the President, Bank shall pay to the President, or her assigns, the Adjusted Base Compensation, together with all Incentive Bonuses, for the remainder of the term of this Contract.
12. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and all the terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, including any successor entity to Bank by liquidation, merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or otherwise, and to the President, and when applicable, to her heirs, successors and assigns.
13. Retirement Plans . Employee may participate in any retirement plan of Bank and to receive payments thereunder. In addition, the bank will provide employee with a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as described in the attached Exhibit B.
14. Non-Assumption . The services to be performed by President under this Agreement are personal to her, and may not be assumed by any other party except with Bank’s prior written consent.
15. Entire Agreement . The making and execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto have been induced by no representations, statements, warranties or agreements other than those expressed herein. This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties, and there are no further or other agreements or understandings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, unless specifically referred to herein by reference.
16. Amendments . This Agreement and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is or would be sought and without the necessity of additional consideration.
17. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been properly given or served for all purposes when personally delivered to the party to whom it is directed, or in lieu of such personal service, if received by certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, at the following addresses:
| If to Bank at: | P.O. Box BW | |||
| Hagatna, Guam 96910 | ||||
| If to President at: | P.O. Box 11031 | |||
| Tamuning, Guam 96931 | ||||
Either party may change the address provided above by giving written notice of such change to the other party as herein provided.
18. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
19. Law . This Agreement shall be governed under and construed in accordance with the law of Guam.
20. Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any action, suit or proceeding brought under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party therein shall be entitled to recover, and the other party thereto agrees to pay, costs and expenses in connection therewith including reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and expenses.
21. Board Approval . This Contract is made pursuant to the Resolution of the Board of Directors adopted unanimously at its regular monthly meeting on April 22, 2013.
22. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been included for convenience of reference only and shall in no way restrict or modify any of the terms or provisions thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above mentioned.
| BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation | ||
| (herein called the “Bank”) | ||
| By: |
/s/ ROGER P. CROUTHAMEL ROGER P. CROUTHAMEL |
|
| Its Authorized Representative | ||
|
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
||
| (herein called the “President”) | ||
Exhibit 10.02
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the 27 th day of June 2013 by and between BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation (herein called the “Bank”) and WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO, (herein called the “Executive Vice President”) (herein called “Agreement”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties to the Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:
1. Employment . Bank hereby designates and employs Executive Vice President, and Executive Vice President hereby accepts employment with Bank, as its Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.
2. Term . This Agreement shall be for a term commencing from June 1, 2013 and terminating on May 31, 2018.
3. Duties . Executive Vice President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Bank, and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors of said Bank, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Bank. Executive Vice President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of the Executive Vice President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Bank, or the By-Laws. In connection therewith, upon direction of the Board of Directors, Executive Vice President shall make necessary and reasonable business trips for which he will be reimbursed or expenses will be provided in accordance with such regulations as may be established by the Board of Directors. Included herewith shall be trips to visit with officials of correspondent banks and technical seminars as may be available.
4. Extent of Services . Executive Vice President shall devote his full time, attention and energy to the business of Bank and shall not, during the term of this Agreement, be engaged in any other business activities, unless such activities are reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of Bank not to be in competition or in conflict with the commercial banking business of Bank.
5. Base Compensation . As regular compensation for Executive Vice President’s services hereunder, Bank shall pay Executive Vice President an annual base salary of Two Hundred Fifty Two Thousand Dollars and 00/100 ($252,000.00) during each year of the term hereof, payable in equal installments not less frequently than monthly (herein called “Base Compensation”).
6. Adjustments to Base Compensation . The Base Compensation shall be adjusted annually to reflect the increase, if any, in the cost-of-living by adding thereto an amount obtained by multiplying the Base Compensation by the percentage of which the level of the Consumer Price Index for the United States has increased over its level as of the date of commencement of the term of Agreement (herein called, together with Base Compensation, the “Adjusted Base Compensation”).
Following the end of each year of this Agreement and within thirty (30) days after the release of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics of the figures for such year, Bank shall pay to the Executive Vice President the amount of any additional compensation to which he is entitled as a result of such cost-of-living adjustment.
7. Incentive Bonus . As an incentive to Executive Vice President for his continuing services and contributions to the growth and profitability of Bank, Executive Vice President shall be paid, in addition to his Adjusted Base Compensation, an Incentive Bonus as follows:
(a) Subject to the quarterly adjustments at Section 8 below, an amount equal to one hundred seventy-five basis points (1.75%) of current net profits of the Bank after taxes or One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00), whichever is less, payable in capital stocks of the Bank or in cash, or combination, at the option of Executive Vice President. The maximum amount shall be subject to review by the Board of Directors of Bank annually and appropriate adjustments shall then be made.
(b) The Incentive Bonus shall be computed and payable quarterly, within fifteen (15) days following each quarter except that each of the first quarterly payments of the Incentive Bonus shall be subject to adjustment, either increase or decrease, depending on the Bank’s final audited financial statements of the preceding year by the Bank’s independent accountants.
(c) At the option of the Executive Vice President, the Board of Directors are authorized to defer up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of the annual incentive bonuses payable by receiving, in lieu of cash, fully vested Phantom Stock Units paying dividend equivalents, such Phantom Stock Units to equal the amount deferred, coupled with an option to purchase at the then fair market value three (3) shares of the Common Stock of the Bank of Guam for each one Phantom Stock Unit granted.
(d) Executive Vice President shall have the right to (1) continue to hold both the Phantom Stock Units and the Stock Options and receive on each Phantom Stock Unit an amount equivalent to the dividend paid on each share of Common Stock (the “ Dividend Equivalent ”); or (2) tender his Phantom Stock Units to the Bank for purchase by the Bank at the then fair market value; or (3) exercise his Stock Options. Upon tender by Executive Vice President of his Phantom Stock Units for cash he will forfeit his rights to the Stock Options; or upon exercise of his Stock Options he will forfeit his rights to the Phantom Stock Units and the Dividend Equivalents.
8. Adjustments To Bonus . On an annual basis, the Executive Vice President shall submit an annual budget and strategic plan to the Board. Based upon the criteria contained within the budget and strategic plan, the Incentive Bonus of the Executive Vice President shall be adjusted on a quarterly basis as follows:
(i) If the then current Return on Equity (ROE) of the Bank is below the preceding three-year average ROE of the Bank, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);
(j) If the then current Return on Assets (ROA) of the Bank is less than that of the Bank’s peer group as published in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) Uniform Bank Performance Report, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);
(k) If the then current Bank’s FDIC Commercial Examination Composite Rating (FDIC Rating) is 2 or better, there shall be no reduction to the Incentive Bonus; if the FDIC Rating is 3, then Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%); if the FDIC Rating is 4, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by fifty percent (50%); if the FDIC Rating is 5, then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by one-hundred percent (100%);
(l) If the then current Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital of the Bank plus the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses is greater than twenty-five percent (25%), then the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by ten percent (10%);
(m) If the Efficiency Ratio of the Bank does not meet the following goals of the Bank, the Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by five percent (5%):
|
Year |
Goal |
|||
|
2017 |
75 | % | ||
|
2018 |
74 | % | ||
|
2019 |
73 | % | ||
|
2020 |
72 | % | ||
|
2017 |
71 | % | ||
For purposes of this Section 8, the ROA, ROE, FDIC Rating, Total Adversely Classified Items to Tier 1 Capital, Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Efficiency Ratio shall all be derived from any report of management submitted to the Board of Directors at the Board Meeting immediately preceding the date of any adjustment. If any dispute arises as to the calculations of any of such figures, the Compensation Committee, subject to Board approval, shall make the sole determination of such figures using whatever resources the Committee shall deem reasonably necessary. Attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof by this reference as Exhibit A, is a worksheet, which shall be used by the Bank to calculate the Incentive Bonus of the Executive Vice President.
9. Other Compensation or Benefits . In addition to the Adjusted Base Compensation and Incentive Bonus and any other compensation provided hereunder, Bank shall provide Executive Vice President with the following:
(a) A one-month vacation, at full pay.
(b) A health insurance, an accident insurance and disability insurance of a type and in an amount generally made available by Bank to its executive employees, at Bank’s sole cost and expense.
(c) A group term life insurance that is generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost. As additional consideration for the making of this Agreement by the Executive Vice President, the Bank agrees that such policy shall at Bank’s sole cost and expense be maintained in full force and effect at all times from the date hereof, if conditions of Bank’s group insurance coverage permit, during the remaining life of the Executive Vice President, and until his death, notwithstanding and regardless of the conclusion of term of this Agreement, the termination of employment of the Executive Vice President by the Bank in the capacity of Executive Vice President or any change in the capacity of his employment or the terms or conditions thereof, and without any condition whatsoever other than the making of this Agreement.
(d) A motor vehicle, at Bank’s sole cost and expense, together with comprehensive insurance including public liability, in amounts not less than the amount required by law. All reasonable operating expenses shall be paid by Bank.
(e) A membership in a golf and country club located within the Bank’s service area, at Bank’s sole cost and expense. Upon termination of this Agreement, Bank’s obligation to pay the fixed monthly dues for such membership shall cease and the ownership of such membership shall vest in the Executive Vice President, provided, however, that Executive Vice President continues to pay such fixed monthly dues from the date of termination.
(n) Free utilities—power, water, sewer, telephone—at the Executive Vice President’s primary residence.
(o) A life insurance on such terms as is mutually agreeable between the parties, at Bank’s sole expense and cost, in the sum of $500,000.00.
(p) A bank owned life insurance that offers retirement benefits that is or will be made generally available to Bank’s executive employees, at Bank’s sole expense and cost.
10. Business Expenses . Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive Vice President upon submission of an itemized account by him for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive Vice President in promoting, pursuing or otherwise furthering the business of Bank, including, but not limited to expenses for travel, meals, hotel accommodations, entertainment, gifts and the like.
11. Payments Following Disability . Upon the permanent disability of the Executive Vice President, Bank shall pay to the Executive Vice President, or his assigns, the Adjusted Base Compensation, together with all Incentive Bonuses, for the remainder of the term of this Contract.
12. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and all the terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, including any successor entity to Bank by liquidation, merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or otherwise, and to the Executive Vice President, and when applicable, to his heirs, successors and assigns.
13. Retirement Plans . Executive Vice President may participate in any retirement plan of Bank and to receive payments thereunder. In addition, the bank will provide employee with a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as described in the attached Exhibit B.
14. Non-Assumption . The services to be performed by Executive Vice President under this Agreement are personal to him, and may not be assumed by any other party except with Bank’s prior written consent.
15. Entire Agreement . The making and execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto have been induced by no representations, statements, warranties or agreements other than those expressed herein. This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties, and there are no further or other agreements or understandings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, unless specifically referred to herein by reference.
16. Amendments . This Agreement and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is or would be sought and without the necessity of additional consideration.
17. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been properly given or served for all purposes when personally delivered to the party to whom it is directed, or in lieu of such personal service, if received by certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, at the following addresses:
| If to Bank at: | P.O. Box BW | |
| Hagatna, Guam 96932 | ||
| If to Executive Vice President at: | P.O. Box 92 | |
| Hagatna, Guam 96932 | ||
Either party may change the address provided above by giving written notice of such change to the other party as herein provided.
18. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
19. Laws . This Agreement shall be governed under and construed in accordance with the law of Guam.
20. Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any action, suit or proceeding brought under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party therein shall be entitled to recover, and the other party thereto agrees to pay, costs and expenses in connection therewith including reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and expenses.
21. Board Approval . This Contract is made pursuant to the Resolution of the Board of Directors adopted unanimously at its regular monthly meeting on April 22, 2013.
22. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been included for convenience of reference only and shall in no way restrict or modify any of the terms or provisions thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above mentioned.
| BANK OF GUAM, a Guam corporation | ||
| (herein called the “Bank”) | ||
| By: |
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
|
| Its Authorized Representative | ||
|
/s/ WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO WILLIAM D. LEON GUERRERO |
||
| (herein called the “Executive Vice President”) | ||
Exhibit 23.01
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of BankGuam Holding Company (the “Company”) on Form S-8 (File No. 333-182615, effective July 11, 2012) of our report dated March 17, 2014 with respect to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the three years ended December 31, 2013 of the Company appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
/s/ SQUAR, MILNER, PETERSON, MIRANDA & WILLIAMSON, LLP
Newport Beach, California
March 17, 2014
Exhibit 31.01
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, certify that:
| 1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on 10-K of BankGuam Holding Company; |
| 2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
| 3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
| 4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
| a. | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
| b. | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
| c. | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
| d. | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
| 5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
| a. | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
| b. | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
| Dated: March 17, 2014 |
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
|
| Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero | ||
| President and Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 31.02
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Francisco M. Atalig, certify that:
| 1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on 10-K of BankGuam Holding Company; |
| 2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
| 3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
| 4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
| a. | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
| b. | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
| c. | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
| d. | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
| 5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
| a. | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
| b. | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
| Dated: March 17, 2014 |
/s/ FRANCISCO M. ATALIG |
|
| Francisco M. Atalig | ||
| Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 32.01
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the report on Form 10-K of BankGuam Holding Company for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.
Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, the President and Chief Executive Officer of BankGuam Holding Company, and Francisco M. Atalig, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of BankGuam Holding Company, each certifies that, to the best of his or her knowledge:
| 1. | the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
| 2. | the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of BankGuam Holding Company. |
| Date: March 17, 2014 | By: |
/s/ LOURDES A. LEON GUERRERO |
||
| Lourdes A. Leon Guerrero, | ||||
| President and Chief Executive Officer | ||||
| Date: March 17, 2014 | By: |
/s/ FRANCISCO M. ATALIG |
||
| Francisco M. Atalig, | ||||
| Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||||